Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

EN ACS880 Diode Supply CTRL PRG YDILX FW A A4

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 200

ABB INDUSTRIAL DRIVES

ACS880 diode supply control program


(YDILX)
Firmware manual

List of related manuals
General manuals Code (English)
ACS880 multidrives cabinets and modules safety 3AUA0000102301
instructions
ACS880 liquid-cooled multidrives cabinets and modules 3AXD50000048633
safety instructions

Option manuals
ACS-AP-I, -S, -W and ACH-AP-H, -W assistant control 3AUA0000085685
panels user’s manual
Drive composer start-up and maintenance PC tool user’s 3AUA0000094606
manual
Manuals for I/O extension modules, fieldbus adapters,
safety options etc.

You can find manuals and other product documents in PDF format on the Internet. See section
Document library on the Internet on the inside of the back cover. For manuals not available in the
Document library, contact your local ABB representative.
ACS880 diode supply control
program (YDILX)
Firmware manual

Table of contents

2. Start-up

3AXD50001096489 Rev A
EN
EFFECTIVE: 2023-12-31
5

Table of contents

1. Introduction to the manual


Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cybersecurity disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Secure boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Control tokens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disabling control tokens by the end user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Removing control tokens from the drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2. Start-up

3. Using the control panel

4. Program features
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Overview of the control program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DxT module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Programming via parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Adaptive programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Control locations for start/stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Local control vs. external control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
External control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Local control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Run enable, Start/stop and Start enable control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Settings and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Additional settings and diagnostics for DxT modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Application programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Control interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Programmable analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Programmable analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Programmable digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Programmable relay outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Programmable I/O extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fieldbus control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
External controller interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6

Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
DDCS communication with inverter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Settings and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Data storage parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Programmable protection functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
External events (parameters 131.01…131.10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Local control loss detection (parameter 149.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Earth leakage fault source selection (parameter 131.28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
External earth leakage action selection (parameter 131.29) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fuse trip fault source (parameter 131.38) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Brake chopper fault source (parameter 131.39) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Automatic fault resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Temperature supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Settings and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Additional settings and diagnostics for DxT modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Maintenance timers and counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Peak value logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Amplitude loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Default I/O connection diagram (UCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Charging of DxT supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Settings and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Reduced run function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6-pulse diode supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
12-pulse diode supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Activation of the reduced run function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Settings and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
User lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

5. Parameters
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reserved digital inputs and relay outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Summary of parameter groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Parameter listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
101 Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
104 Warnings and faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
105 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
106 Control and status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
107 System info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
110 Standard DI, RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
111 Standard DIO, FI, FO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
112 Standard AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
113 Standard AO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
114 Extension I/O module 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
115 Extension I/O module 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
116 Extension I/O module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7

119 Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


120 Start/stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
121 Start/stop mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
131 Fault functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
133 Generic timer & counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
136 Load analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
147 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
149 Panel port communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
150 FBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
151 FBA A settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
152 FBA A data in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
153 FBA A data out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
154 FBA B settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
155 FBA B data in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
156 FBA B data out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
160 DDCS communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
161 DDCS transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
162 DDCS receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
190 Additional actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
192 Additional actual values 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
195 HW configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
196 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
206 I/O bus configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
207 I/O bus service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
208 I/O bus diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
209 I/O bus fan identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

6. Additional parameter data


Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fieldbus addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Parameter groups 101…107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Parameter groups 110…209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

7. Fault tracing
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Warnings and faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Editable messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Warning/fault history and analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Auxiliary codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Factory data logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Other data loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
User data logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
PSL2 data logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Parameters that contain warning/fault information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fault messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8

8. Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter


Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Basics of the fieldbus control interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Control word and Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Contents of the fieldbus Control word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Contents of the fieldbus Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
The state diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Setting up the diode supply unit for fieldbus control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Setting up the communication between DSU and inverter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

9. Drive-to-drive link

Further information
Introduction to the manual 9

1
Introduction to the manual

Contents of this chapter


This chapter describes the contents of the manual. It also contains information on
the compatibility, safety and intended audience.

Applicability
This manual applies to the ACS880 diode supply control program (YDILX v1.1x or
later).
ACS880-304 +A018 is an air-cooled, half-controlled diode-thyristor module which is
equipped with three thyristors in upper legs and three diodes in lower legs of the six
pulse bridge. The DC busbar of the module is charged by decreasing the firing angle
of the thyristors. ACS880-304 +A018 modules can also be connected parallel if more
power is needed.
The control program described in this manual is used with cabinet-installed diode
supply unit of type ACS880-307, diode supply module of type ACS880-304, and the
diode supply unit included in drive of type ACS880-07.
10 Introduction to the manual

Safety instructions
Follow all safety instructions delivered with the supply unit.
• Read the complete safety instructions before you install, commission, use or
service the supply unit. The complete safety instructions are given in the
Hardware manual of your supply unit and in ACS880 multidrives cabinets and
modules safety instructions (3AUA0000102301 [English]) for air-cooled modules,
and in ACS880 liquid-cooled multidrives cabinets and modules safety
instructions (3AXD50000048633 [English]) for liquid-cooled modules.
• Read the software function specific warnings and notes before changing the
default settings of the function. For each function, the warnings and notes are
given in the section describing the related user-adjustable parameters.
• Read task specific safety instructions before starting the task. See the section
describing the task.

Target audience
This manual is intended for people who operate, commission, set parameters,
monitor or troubleshoot diode supply units and modules. The reader is expected to
know the fundamentals of electricity, wiring, electrical components and electrical
schematic symbols.
Introduction to the manual 11

Terms and abbreviations


Term/abbreviation Definition
ACS-AP-I Types of control panel used with ACS880 drives
ACS-AP-W
AI Analog input; interface for analog input signals
AO Analog output; interface for analog output signals
DC link DC circuit between rectifier and inverter
DDCS Distributed drives communication system; a protocol used in optical fiber
communication
DI Digital input; interface for digital input signals
DIO Digital input/output; interface that can be used as a digital input or output
Diode supply module Diode (or diode-thyristor) rectifier and related components enclosed inside
a metal frame or enclosure. Intended for cabinet installation.
Diode supply unit Diode supply modules under control of one control unit, and related
components. See Diode supply module.
DSU Diode supply unit
DxT Diode supply module with half-controlled six pulse diode-thyristor bridge
EFB Embedded fieldbus
FAIO-01 Optional analog I/O extension module
FBA Fieldbus adapter
FIO-01 Optional digital I/O extension module
FIO-11 Optional analog I/O extension module
FCAN-0x Optional CANopen® adapter
FCNA-0x Optional ControlNet™ adapter
FDCO-0x Optional DDCS communication module
FDIO-01 Optional digital I/O extension module
FDNA-0x Optional DeviceNet™ adapter
FEA-03 Optional I/O extension adapter
FECA-01 Optional EtherCAT® adapter
FENA-11 Optional EtherNet/IP™, Modbus TCP® and PROFINET IO® adapter
FENA-21 Optional dual-port EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP and PROFINET IO adapter
FEPL-0x Optional Ethernet POWERLINK adapter
FPBA-0x Optional PROFIBUS DP® adapter
FSCA-0x Optional Modbus® adapter
I/O Input/Output
MCB Main circuit breaker
Parameter User-adjustable operation instruction to the diode supply unit, or signal
measured or calculated by the diode supply unit
PLC Programmable logic controller
RDCO Optional DDCS communication module
RO Relay output; interface for a digital output signal. Implemented with a relay.
STO Safe torque off
UCU Type of a control unit used in ACS880 drives that consists of a UCON board
built into a metal housing. UCU control unit is used with DxT diode supply
modules.
12 Introduction to the manual

Cybersecurity disclaimer
This product is designed to be connected to and to communicate information and
data via a network interface. It is Customer's sole responsibility to provide and
continuously ensure a secure connection between the product and Customer
network or any other network (as the case may be). Customer shall establish and
maintain any appropriate measures (such as but not limited to the installation of
firewalls, application of authentication measures, encryption of data, installation of
anti-virus programs, etc) to protect the product, the network, its system and the
interface against any kind of security breaches, unauthorized access, interference,
intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information. ABB and its affiliates are not
liable for damages and/or losses related to such security breaches, any
unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or
information.
See also section User lock (page 37).

Secure boot
The secure boot system authenticates all software executables including boot
binary, control firmware, and FPGA logic. The system runs executables produced and
signed by ABB. A secured boot is accomplished by using the hardware root of a
trusted boot mechanism. An access control procedure is applied to software
production that involves signing operations. The access is limited to relevant
personnel only. The signing keys are stored using HSM (Hardware Security Module)
mechanism to safeguard and manage digital keys. The software that is modified or
downloaded maliciously does not run during the startup.

Control tokens
The control token system enables and controls the usage of ABB's internal features
by granting special permission for the device. ABB internal features are mainly used
for debugging. The control token is a loading package downloaded to the drive with
a unicos loader by an ABB personnel. The system verifies the authenticity before
downloading the loading package. The system accepts only control tokens
generated with ABB build tools. Note that, only ABB R&D personnel are permitted to
generate the control tokens.
The control tokens are valid only in a single device that are identified by the UCU
board specific device DNA in parameters 107.60…107.62.
See the below use cases for control tokens on end-user devices:
• Enabling JTAG debugging
• Enabling custom firmware boot

 Disabling control tokens by the end user


To disable downloading control tokens using the user lock function, set parameter
196.102 to bit 2 Disable file download.
Note: After setting this bit, no files can be downloaded to the control unit, including
eg. adaptive program, parameter file etc. See also section User lock on page 37.
Introduction to the manual 13

 Removing control tokens from the drive


To remove all active control tokens from the drive, activate any bit in parameter
107.63 Remove all Control Tokens. The control tokens are removed after rebooting
the control unit.
14 Introduction to the manual
Start-up 15

2
Start-up

In case of DxT diode supply module, the user needs to set the parameter 195.01
Supply voltage before start-up. See the appropriate supply unit hardware manual, or
drive hardware manual for the hardware-related tasks to be done at the start-up.
If the supply unit consists of more than one DxT diode supply module, set parameter
195.31 Parallel connection rating id. List of supply unit types can be filtered with
parameter 195.30 Parallel type list filter. Save the settings with parameter 196.07
Parameter save manually, and reboot the control unit with parameter 196.08 Control
board boot.
If the supply unit is equipped with an optional fieldbus adapter, the commission
engineer must check and tune the related parameters at start-up. See chapter
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter.
16 Start-up
Using the control panel 17

3
Using the control panel

Refer to ACS-AP-I, -S, -W and ACH-AP-H, -W assistant control panels user’s manual
(3AUA0000085685 [English]).
18 Using the control panel
Program features 19

4
Program features

Contents of this chapter


This chapter describes the features and I/O interface of the diode supply control
program.

Overview of the control program


ACS880 diode supply control program can be used to control DxT supply module
(air-cooled module of type ACS880-304 +A018).
20 Program features

 DxT module
The control program of diode-thyristor module runs on a UCU control unit. The
control program controls the main contactor or breaker (if present) and the firing
pulses of the thyristors. The control program can control:
• 6-pulse diode supply unit with one or parallel-connected DxT modules
• 12-pulse diode supply unit with two or more DxT modules.
In 6-pulse parallel-connected diode supply unit, all modules have equal firing pulses
for the thyristors. In 12-pulse diode supply unit, there is 30 degree difference
between the firing pulses for different windings, because 12-pulse transformer has
30 degree phase shift between windings.
After start command, the control program closes the main contactor or breaker (if
present) and controls the DC link charging by controlling the thyristor firing angle.
Thus there is no need for separate charging circuit. When the DC link is charged, the
thyristors are fired with 120 degrees pulses and the bridge is in diode mode.
There are, for example, following measurements:
• phase currents,
• DC voltage,
• grid main voltages,
• module temperature measurement,
• ambient temperature measurement.
There are following protections:
• DC busbar short circuit,
• overcurrent,
• grid overvoltage,
• grid undervoltage,
• phase lost,
• DC busbar undervoltage,
• current asymmetry,
• thyristor overtemperature,
• module overtemperature.
There are following additional protections in parallel-connected DxT modules:
• phase current difference between parallel modules,
• DC voltage difference between parallel modules,
• grid main voltage difference between parallel modules,
• monitoring of temperature difference between parallel modules.
There are following additional protections in 12-pulse diode supply unit:
• total current difference of the DC busbar between the modules connected to
different windings of 12-pulse transformer,
• monitoring of running status difference between the modules for each
windings.
Program features 21

Programming via parameters


Parameters can be set via
• the control panel, as described in chapter Using the control panel
• the Drive composer PC tool, or
• the fieldbus interface, as described in chapter Fieldbus control through a
fieldbus adapter.
All parameter settings are stored automatically to the permanent memory of the
diode supply unit. However, if an internal +24 V DC power supply is used for the
control unit, it is highly recommended to force a save by using parameter 196.07
Parameter save manually before powering down the control unit after any parameter
changes.
If necessary, the default parameter values can be restored by parameter 196.06
Parameter restore.

Adaptive programming
Conventionally, the user can control the operation of the supply unit by parameters.
However, the standard parameters have a fixed set of choices or a setting range. To
further customize the operation of the drive, an adaptive program can be
constructed out of a set of function blocks.
The Drive composer PC tool has an Adaptive programming feature with a graphical
user interface for building the custom program. The function blocks include the
usual arithmetic and logical functions, as well as eg. selection, comparison and timer
blocks. The program can contain a maximum of 20 blocks. The adaptive program is
executed on a 10 ms time level.
For selecting input to the program, the user interface has pre-selections for the
physical inputs, common actual values, and other status information of the drive.
Parameter values as well as constants can also be defined as inputs. The output of
the program can be used eg. as a start signal, external event or reference, or
connected to the drive outputs. Note that connecting the output of the adaptive
program to a selection parameter will write-protect the parameter.
The status of the adaptive program is shown by parameter 107.30 Adaptive program
status. The adaptive program can be disabled by 196.70 Disable adaptive program.
Please note that sequential programming is not supported.
For more information, see Adaptive programming application guide
(3AXD50000028574 [English]).
22 Program features

Control locations for start/stop


 Local control vs. external control
The ACS880 has two main control locations: external and local. The control location
is selected with the Loc/Rem key on the control panel or in the PC tool.

External control

I/O 1) PLC
(= Programmable
Local control logic controller)

Diode Drive-to-drive (D2D)


supply link or Embedded
fieldbus interface
unit

Fieldbus adapter (Fxxx) or


DDCS communication module
Control panel or Drive composer
PC tool (optional)

1) Extra inputs/outputs can be added by installing optional I/O extension modules


(FIO-xx) in the option slots of the control unit.

External control
When the supply unit is in external control, start/stop commands are given through
the I/O terminals (digital and analog inputs), fieldbus interface (via an optional
fieldbus adapter module), optional I/O extension modules or the drive-to-drive link.
Two external control locations, EXT1 and EXT2, are available. The user can select
control signals (eg. start and stop) and control modes for both external control
locations. Depending on the user selection, either EXT1 or EXT2 is active at a time.
Selection between EXT1/EXT2 is done via any binary source such as a digital input or
fieldbus control word.

Local control
The start/stop commands are given from the control panel keypad or from a PC
equipped with Drive composer when the supply unit is in local control.
Local control is mainly used during commissioning and maintenance. When switched
to local control, the control panel Start and Stop keys override the external
Start/Stop source defined for the control program. However, to control the supply
unit on and off by the panel, you must still have the Run enable and Start enable
commands on in the control program. See section Run enable, Start/stop and Start
enable control on page 23. Changing the control location to local can be disabled by
parameter 119.17 Local ctrl disable.
The user can select by a parameter (149.05 Communication loss action) how the
supply unit reacts to a control panel or PC tool communication break.
Program features 23

Run enable, Start/stop and Start enable control


The user controls the operation of the diode supply unit with the Run enable
command, Start/Stop command and Start enable command. When all commands
are on in the control program, it controls the main contactor of the supply unit on
with a relay output (relay output RO3 by default). The contactor connects the diode
bridge to the power line and the diode supply unit starts rectifying. If the Start/stop
command or the Run enable command is off, the control program de-energizes the
relay output and the main contactor switches off. In case of any fault, the main
contactor opens.
There is a parameter in the control program for defining the value or source for each
of the commands. By default, the parameters define the command values or sources
as follows:
• Control program reads the Run enable command from digital input DI2.
• Control program reads the Start/Stop command from digital input DI2.
• Start enable is set on constantly.
Typically, DI2 is connected to the operating switch installed on the cabinet door.
When the switch is on, the control program receives both the Run enable and
Start/Stop commands via DI2.
Note: When you switch the control panel to local control, the control program starts
reading the Start/Stop from the panel (Start and Stop keys). The parameter-defined
Start/Stop source is not valid until you switch the panel back to remote control. The
Loc/Rem key of the panel selects between local and remote control.

WARNING! Do not change the parameter settings related to Run enable,


Start/Stop or Start enable unless you are absolutely sure what you are
doing. The parameter settings and I/O wirings of the cabinet-installed
multidrive, ACS880-307, are done at the factory according to the application
requirements.

 Settings and diagnostics


Control panel key: Loc/Rem
Parameters: parameter group 119 Operation mode, 120.01 Ext1 commands…120.09
Ext2 in2, 120.12 Run enable 1, 120.19 Enable start signal
Faults: 5E06 Main contactor fault

 Additional settings and diagnostics for DxT modules


Parameters: 195.01 Supply voltage
Warnings: AE61 Overvoltage, AE62 Undervoltage, AE69 Synchronization, AE6B Input
phase lost,
Faults: 2E00 Overcurrent, 2E09 DC short circuit, 3E05 DC link undervoltage, 3E06 BU
DC link difference, 3E07 BU voltage difference, 3E0F Synchronization, 5E17 Running
fault of 12 pulse, 8E00 Overvoltage
24 Program features

Application programming
Note: This feature is not supported by the current firmware version.
The functions of the firmware program can be extended with application
programming. (A standard drive delivery does not include an application program.)
Application programs can be built out of function blocks based on the IEC-61131
standard. Some parameters are used as firmware function block inputs and can
therefore be modified also via the application program.

Control interfaces
 Programmable analog inputs
The control unit has two programmable analog inputs. Each of the inputs can be
independently set as a voltage (0/2 … 10 V or -10 … 10 V) or current (0/4 … 20 mA)
input by a switch on the control unit. Each input can be filtered, inverted and scaled.
The number of analog inputs can be increased by using FIO-11 or FAIO-01 I/O
extensions.

Settings
Parameter group 112 Standard AI (page 60).

 Programmable analog outputs


The control unit has two current (0 … 20 mA) analog outputs. Each output can be
filtered, inverted and scaled. The number of analog outputs can be increased by
using FIO-11 or FAIO-01 I/O extensions.

Settings
Parameter group 113 Standard AO (page 63).

 Programmable digital inputs and outputs


The control unit has six digital inputs, a digital start interlock input, and two digital
input/outputs.
Digital input/output DIO1 can be used as a digital input, digital output or frequency
input, DIO2 as a digital input or digital output.
The number of digital inputs/outputs can be increased by installing FIO-01, FIO-11 or
FDIO-01 I/O extensions (see Programmable I/O extensions below).
Note: Do not change the settings of the reserved digital inputs (or outputs, if any).
See subsection Reserved digital inputs and relay outputs on page 41.

Settings
Parameter groups 110 Standard DI, RO (page 53) and 111 Standard DIO, FI, FO
(page 57).

 Programmable relay outputs


The control unit has three relay outputs. Relay outputs can be added by installing
FIO-01 or FDIO-01 I/O extensions.
Note: Do not change the settings of the reserved relay outputs. See subsection
Reserved digital inputs and relay outputs on page 41.
Program features 25

Settings
Parameter group 110 Standard DI, RO (page 53).

 Programmable I/O extensions


The number of inputs and outputs can be increased by using I/O extension modules.
The I/O configuration parameters include the maximum number of DI, DIO, AI, AO
and RO that can be in use with different I/O extension module combinations. Slots
can be added by connecting an FEA-0x I/O extension adapter.
The table below shows the possible I/O combinations.
Digital Digital I/Os Analog Analog Relay
Location inputs inputs outputs outputs
(DI) (DIO) (AI) (AO) (RO)

Control unit 7 2 2 2 3

FIO-01 - 4 - - 2

FIO-11 - 2 3 1 -

FAIO-01 - - 2 2 -

FDIO-01 3 - - - 2

Three I/O extension modules can be activated and configured using parameter
groups 114 Extension I/O module 1…116 Extension I/O module 3.
Note: Each configuration parameter group contains parameters that display the
values of the inputs on that particular extension module. These parameters are the
only way of utilizing the inputs on I/O extension modules as signal sources. To
connect to an input, choose the setting Other in the source selector parameter, then
specify the appropriate value parameter (and bit, for digital signals) in group 114, 115
or 116.
Settings
Parameter groups 114 Extension I/O module 1 (page 66), 115 Extension I/O module 2
(page 82), 116 Extension I/O module 3 (page 86) and 112 Standard AI (page 60).

 Fieldbus control
The diode supply unit can be connected to an overriding control system via an
optional fieldbus adapter. See chapter Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter
(page 189).

Settings
Parameter groups 150 FBA (page 113), 151 FBA A settings (page 117), 152 FBA A data
in (page 119), 153 FBA A data out (page 119), 154 FBA B settings (page 119), 155 FBA B
data in (page 121), and 156 FBA B data out (page 121).
26 Program features

 External controller interface


General
The diode supply unit can be connected to an external controller (such as the ABB
AC 800M) using either fiber optic or twisted-pair cable. The ACS880 is compatible
with both the ModuleBus and DriveBus connections. Note that some features of
DriveBus (such as BusManager) are not supported.

Topology
An example connection with UCU-based diode supply unit using fiber optic cables is
shown below.
Diode supply units with a UCU control unit require an RDCO or FDCO module. The
UCU has a dedicated slot for the RDCO – an FDCO module can also be used with a
UCU control unit but it will reserve one of the three universal option module slots.
Ring and star configurations are also possible, the external controller connects to
channel CH0 on the RDCO module. The channel on the FDCO communication module
can be freely selected.

ACS880

Controller (UCU) Control unit

RDCO
CH0
T R T R

T = Transmitter; R = Receiver

The external controller can also be wired to the D2D (RS-485) connector using
shielded, twisted-pair cable. The selection of the connection is made by parameter
160.51 DDCS controller comm port.

Communication
The communication between the controller and the diode supply unit consists of
data sets of three 16-bit words each. The controller sends a data set to the diode
supply unit, which returns the next data set to the controller.
The communication uses data sets 10…33. The contents of the data sets are freely
configurable, but data set 10 typically contains the control word, while data set 11
returns the status word and selected actual values.
The word that is defined as the control word is internally connected to the logic; the
coding of the bits is as presented in section Contents of the fieldbus Control word
(page 192). Likewise, the coding of the status word is as shown in section Contents
of the fieldbus Status word (page 193).
Program features 27

By default, data sets 32 and 33 are dedicated for the mailbox service, which enables
the setting or inquiry of parameter values as follows:
Controller ACS880

Parameter write to DSU


Transmit address Data set
Par. Value
Value = 37653* 3 2 .1
Transmit data Data set 147.21
1 9 .0 1 1 2 3 4
Value = 1234 3 2 .2 1
.
Transmit address Data set .
.
.
.
.
feedback 3 3 .1
Value = 37653*
Parameter read from DSU
Inquire address Data set
147.22
2 4 .0 3 4 3 0 0
Value = 37654** 3 2 .3 . .
. .

Inquired data Data set . .

Value = 4300 3 3 .2
Inquire address Data set
feedback 3 3 .3
Value = 37654**

*147.21 -> 93h.15h -> 9315h -> 37653


**147.22 -> 93h.16h -> 9316h -> 37654

By parameter 160.64 Mailbox dataset selection, data sets 24 and 25 can be selected
instead of data sets 32 and 33.
The update intervals of the data sets are as follows:
• Data sets 10…11: 2 ms
• Data sets 12…13: 4 ms
• Data sets 14…17: 10 ms
• Data sets 18…25, 32, 33: 100 ms.

Settings
Parameter groups 160 DDCS communication (page 121), 161 DDCS transmit (page
123) and 162 DDCS receive (page 126).
28 Program features

DDCS communication with inverter unit


DDCS communication is used for transferring data between supply unit and inverter
unit. The inverter unit can give charging and start commands for the supply unit via
DDCS communication links. If the supply unit receives a start or charging command,
it closes the main contactor of the supply unit and starts rectifying.
The DSU control program supports the DDCS communication protocol. The DDCS
communication can be used in data transfer between the supply and inverter units.
With the DDCS communication, it is possible to control and monitor the inverter and
the diode supply unit through one fieldbus adapter (in the inverter unit).
For the supply modules, the system integrator can acquire the necessary cables and
adapters for the physical link of the DDCS communication from ABB and install and
set up the link on his/her own. Consult ABB for more information.
The supply unit control program have parameters for setting up the DDCS
communication. The commission engineer can define the data that the supply unit
sends to inverter units and reads from them, etc. For information on the DDCS
communication, see section Setting up the communication between DSU and
inverter unit on page 196.

 Settings and diagnostics


Parameters: parameter groups 160 DDCS communication, 161 DDCS transmit, 162
DDCS receive
Warnings: AE6D DDCS controller comm loss
Faults: 7E11 DDCS controller comm loss

Data storage parameters


Twenty-four (sixteen 32-bit, eight 16-bit) parameters are reserved for data storage.
These parameters are unconnected and can be used for linking, testing and
commissioning purposes. They can be written to and read from using other
parameters’ source or target selections.

Settings
Parameter group 147 Data storage (page 111).
Program features 29

Programmable protection functions


 External events (parameters 131.01…131.10)
An external event signal can be connected to a selectable input. When the signal is
lost, an external event (fault, warning, or a mere log entry) is generated.

 Local control loss detection (parameter 149.05)


The parameter selects how the diode supply unit reacts to a control panel or PC tool
communication break.

 Earth leakage fault source selection (parameter 131.28)


The parameter selects in which digital input or digital input/output earth leakage
fault is connected.

 External earth leakage action selection (parameter 131.29)


The parameter selects how the diode supply unit reacts when an external earth
leakage is detected.

 Fuse trip fault source (parameter 131.38)


The parameter selects in which digital input or digital input/output fuse trip fault is
connected.

 Brake chopper fault source (parameter 131.39)


The parameter selects in which digital input or digital input/output brake chopper
fault is connected.

 Automatic fault resets


The diode supply unit can automatically reset itself after overvoltage, undervoltage
and external faults. The user can also specify a fault that is automatically reset.
By default, automatic resets are off and must be specifically activated by the user.

Settings
Parameters 131.12…131.16 (page 99).

Temperature supervision
Thermal switches supervise the temperature inside the diode supply module. The
switches are connected in series and wired to a digital input (DI) of the control unit
(1 = OK, 0 = overtemperature). In case of an overtemperature, a switch opens and the
control program generates first a warning, and then, if the overtemperature
indication remains over a pre-defined delay, trips the supply unit to a fault. The user
can adjust the delay time with a parameter 110.06 DI1 OFF delay.
A temperature sensor integrated into the control unit supervises the ambient
temperature of the control unit. UCU control unit also supervises several other
temperature sensors inside the DxT module.

 Settings and diagnostics


Parameters: 110.06 DI1 OFF delay
30 Program features

Warnings: AE60 Control board temperature


Fault: 4E06 Cabinet temperature fault, 4E07 Control board temperature

 Additional settings and diagnostics for DxT modules


Parameters: 101.31 Ambient temperature, 105.11 Converter temperature %
Warnings: AE14 Excess temperature, AE15 Excess temperature difference, AE60
Control board temperature, AE6C Semiconductor temperature
Faults: 4E03 Excess temperature, 4E04 Excess temperature difference, 4E07 Control
board temperature, 4E08 Semiconductor temperature

Maintenance timers and counters


The program has six different maintenance timers or counters that can be
configured to generate a warning when a pre-defined limit is reached. The contents
of the message can be edited on the control panel by selecting Settings – Edit texts.
The timer/counter can be set to monitor any parameter. This feature is especially
useful as a service reminder.
There are three types of counters:
• On-time timers. Measures the time a binary source (for example, a bit in a status
word) is on.
• Signal edge counters. The counter is incremented whenever the monitored
binary source changes state.
• Value counters. The counter calculates its actual value by integrating the
monitored value with respect to time. For example, if you monitor the actual
power with a value counter, the value counter calculates and displays the
cumulative energy. You can also define limits and select indication messages for
the counter.

 Settings
Parameter group 133 Generic timer & counter (page 103).
Program features 31

Load analyzer
 Peak value logger
The user can select a signal to be monitored by a peak value logger. The logger
records the peak value of the signal along with the time the peak occurred, as well as
line current, DC voltage and power at the time of the peak. The peak value is sampled
at 2 ms intervals.

 Amplitude loggers
The control program has two amplitude loggers.
For amplitude logger 2, the user can select a signal to be sampled at 200 ms
intervals, and specify a value that corresponds to 100%. The collected samples are
sorted into 10 read-only parameters according to their amplitude. Each parameter
represents an amplitude range 10 percentage points wide, and displays the
percentage of the collected samples that have fallen within that range.
Percentage of samples

30…40%
0…10%

10…20%

20…30%

40…50%

50…60%

60…70%

80…90%

>90%
70…80%

Amplitude ranges (parameters 136.40…136.49)

Amplitude logger 1 is fixed to AC current (101.02 Line current), and cannot be reset.
With amplitude logger 1, 100% corresponds to the maximum current of the drive.
The measured current is logged continuously. The distribution of samples is shown
by parameters 136.20…136.29.

 Settings
Parameter group 136 Load analyzer (page 108).
32 Program features

Default I/O connection diagram (UCU)

Terminal Description
XD2D Drive-to-drive link
1 D2D_B
2 D2D_A
Drive-to-drive link (not in use by default)
3 BGND
4 SHIELD
XD2D TERM Drive-to-drive link termination switch 5).
X485 RS485 connection
5 B
6 A
Not in use (not in use by default)
7 BGND
8 SHIELD
X485 BIAS X485 bias selection switch.
X485 TERM X485 termination switch.
XCAN CAN bus
9 CAN_H
10 CAN_L Not supported
11 CAN_CGND
12 CAN_SHLD Control cable shield
XCAN TERM CANopen termination switch.
XRO1…XRO4 Relay outputs
11 NC1 XRO1: Running 2) (energized = running)
12 COM1 250 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A
13 NO1
21 NC2 XRO2: Fault(-1) 2) (Energized = no fault)
22 COM2 250 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A
23 NO2
31 NC3 XRO3: MCB ctrl 1) (Energized = closes main contactor/breaker)
32 COM3 250 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A
33 NO3
41 NC4 XRO4: Not supported
42 COM4 250 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A
43 NO4
XSTO XSTO connector
1 OUT XSTO connector. Both circuits (power module, control unit) must be closed for
2 SGND the unit to start. (IN1 and IN2 must be connected to OUT.) 8)
3 STO1
4 STO2
XSTO OUT XSTO OUT connector
5 OUT1
6 SGND
Not in use by default.
7 OUT2
8 SGND
XDI Digital inputs
1 DI1 Temp fault 2) (0 = overtemperature)
2 DI2 Run / enable 2) (1 = run / enable)
3 DI3 MCB fb 1) (0 = main contactor/breaker open)
4 DI4 Auxiliary circuit breaker fault 2)
5 DI5 Not in use by default. Can be used for eg. earth fault monitoring.
6 DI6 Reset 2) (0 -> 1 = fault reset)
7 DIIL Not in use by default. Can be used for eg. emergency stop.
XDIO Digital input/outputs
1 DIO1 Not in use by default
2 DIO2 Not in use by default
3 DIOGND Digital input/output ground
4 DIOGND Digital input/output ground
XD24 Auxiliary voltage output
5 +24VD +24 V DC 200 mA 6)
6 DICOM Digital input ground
7 +24VD +24 V DC 200 mA 6)
8 DIOGND Digital input/output ground
DICOM=DIOGND Ground selection switch 7)
XAI Analog inputs, reference voltage output
1 +VREF 10 V DC, RL 1…10 kohm
2 -VREF -10 V DC, RL 1…10 kohm
3 AGND Ground
4 AI1+ Not in use by default.
5 AI1- 0(2)…10 V, Rin > 200 kohm 3)
6 AI2+ Not in use by default.
7 AI2- 0(4)…20 mA, Rin = 100 ohm 4)
Program features 33

Terminal Description
XAO Analog outputs
1 AO1
Zero 2) 0…20 mA, RL < 500 ohm
2 AGND
3 AO2
Zero 2) 0…20 mA, RL < 500 ohm
4 AGND
XPOW External power input
1 +24V
2 GND
24 V DC, 2.05 A
3 +24V
4 GND
XFSO Safety functions module connection (not in use in supply units)
XETH1
Ethernet ports for fieldbus. Not in use by default.
XETH2
XETH3
Ethernet ports for tool communication. Not in use by default.
XETH4
XPAN Control panel connection
XPAN TERM Control panel connection termination switch
MEM Memory unit connection

The table above shows the control connections of the supply unit, and the default
meaning or use of the signals in the control program.
The wire size accepted by all screw terminals (for both stranded and solid wire) is
0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (24…12 AWG). Tightening torque is 0.45 N·m (4 lbf·in).
Notes:
As the very same control program is in use with different diode supply types, the default connections
are not applicable with them all. For example, some units have the DC link charging, some do not have
it. The default parameter settings and I/O connection are valid for the version without the charging
circuit.
1) Use
of the signal in the control program. The use is fixed and it cannot be changed by a parameter.
2) Default use of the signal in the control program. The use can be changed by a parameter. For the

delivery-specific use, see the delivery-specific circuit diagrams.


3) Current
[0(4)…20 mA, Rin = 100 ohm] or voltage [0(2)…10 V, Rin > 200 kohm] input selected by switch
AI1. Change of setting requires reboot of control unit.
4) Current
[0(4)…20 mA, Rin = 100 ohm] or voltage [0(2)…10 V, Rin > 200 kohm] input selected by switch
AI2. Change of setting requires reboot of control unit.
5) Must be set to ON when the drive is the first or last unit on the drive-to-drive (D2D) link.
6) Total load capacity of these outputs is 4.8 W (200 mA at 24 V)
minus the power taken by DIO1 and
DIO2.
7) Determines whether DICOM is separated from DIOGND (ie. common reference for digital inputs

floats).
DICOM = DIOGND ON: DICOM connected to DIOGND. OFF: DICOM and DIOGND separate.
8) This
input is used in inverter units only, not in supply units. This input only acts as a true Safe torque
off input in control units controlling an inverter unit. In other applications (such as a supply or brake
unit), de-energizing the IN1 and/or IN2 terminal will stop the unit but not constitute a true safety
function.
34 Program features

Charging of DxT supply unit


The main difference between the ordinary diode-diode bridge and the controlled
diode-thyristor bridge is the controllability. You cannot control the operation of the
diodes but you can control the thyristors: thyristor can be kept blocked or controlled
conductive in forward direction. By controlling the thyristors, you can limit the AC
current of the drive at the power up without additional charging circuit in the supply
unit or in inverter units.
The control program charges the DC link by decreasing the firing angle after closing
of main contactor/breaker. If the peak of the charging current is above 30% of the
nominal current, the charging ramp is stopped. After ramping the supply changes
from charging mode to diode mode with 120 degree firing pulses.

 Settings and diagnostics


Note: Normally, there is no need to set any other parameters than 195.01 Supply
voltage.
Parameters: 120.21 Delay for MCB DI3 supervision, 195.01 Supply voltage
Warnings: AE61 Overvoltage, AE62 Undervoltage, AE69 Synchronization, AE6B Input
phase lost
Faults: 2E00 Overcurrent, 2E09 DC short circuit, 3E05 DC link undervoltage, 3E06 BU
DC link difference, 3E07 BU voltage difference, 3E0F Synchronization, 5E06 Main
contactor fault, 5E17 Running fault of 12 pulse, 8E00 Overvoltage
Program features 35

Reduced run function


Reduced run function is available for diode supply units consisting of parallel-
connected diode supply modules. The function makes it possible to continue
operation with limited current even if one (or more) module is out of service, for
example, because of maintenance work. In principle, reduced run is possible with
only one module, but in practice, the modules in service must be able to provide
enough current for running the inverter modules.
The number of removed diode supply modules is restricted. The following tables list
the allowed configurations.
Note: When diode supply modules are removed, the corresponding AC fuses need to
be removed too.

 6-pulse diode supply unit


Original configuration Allowed configurations when using reduced run function

2×DSU module 1×DSU module

3×DSU 2×DSU or 1×DSU

4×DSU 3×DSU or 2×DSU or 1×DSU

5×DSU 4×DSU or 3×DSU or 2×DSU or 1×DSU

6×DSU 5×DSU or 4×DSU or 3×DSU or 2×DSU or 1×DSU

 12-pulse diode supply unit


Note: Reduced run function is not supported at the time of publication in 12-pulse
diode supply units.
With 12-pulse diode supply unit, both secondary windings of the 12-pulse
transformer must have the same number of diode supply modules. When using
reduced run function with 12-pulse diode supply unit, two diode supply modules are
removed at a time.
Original configuration Allowed configurations when using reduced run function

4×DSU 2×DSU

6×DSU 4×DSU or 2×DSU


36 Program features

 Activation of the reduced run function


Note: For cabinet-built drives, the wiring accessories and the air baffle needed
during the procedure are available from ABB, and are included in the delivery.

WARNING! Follow the safety instructions provided for the diode


supply unit in question.

1. Disconnect the supply voltage and all other sources that can supply the DC bus
(eg. DC/DC converter) from the diode supply unit.
2. If the control unit of the diode supply unit is powered from the faulty module,
install an extension to the wiring and connect it to one of the remaining
modules.
3. Remove the module to be serviced from its bay. See the appropriate hardware
manual for instructions.
4. Install an air baffle to the top module guide to block the airflow through the
empty module bay.
5. Switch on the power to the diode supply unit.
6. Enter the number of diode supply modules present into parameter 195.13
Reduced run mode.
7. Reset all faults and start the diode supply unit. The maximum current is now
automatically limited according to the new configuration. A mismatch between
the number of detected modules and the value set in 195.13 will generate a fault
(5E0E Reduced run).
After all modules have been reinstalled, parameter 195.13 Reduced run mode must be
reset to 0 to disable the reduced run function.

 Settings and diagnostics


Parameters: 195.13 Reduced run mode, 195.14 Connected modules
Faults: 5E0E Reduced run
Program features 37

User lock
For better cybersecurity, it is highly recommended that you set a master pass code
to prevent eg. the changing of parameter values and/or the loading of firmware and
other files.

WARNING! ABB will not be liable for damages or losses caused by the failure
to activate the user lock using a new pass code. See Cybersecurity disclaimer
(page 12).

To activate the user lock for the first time, enter the default pass code, 10000000,
into 196.02 Pass code. This will make parameters 196.100…196.102 visible. Then
enter a new pass code into 196.100 Change user pass code, and confirm the code in
196.101 Confirm user pass code. In 196.102 User lock functionality, define the actions
that you want to prevent (we recommend you select all the actions unless otherwise
required by the application).
To close the user lock, enter an invalid pass code into 196.02 Pass code, activate
196.08 Control board boot, or cycle the power. With the lock closed, parameters
196.100…196.102 are hidden.
To reopen the lock, enter your pass code into 196.02 Pass code. This will again make
parameters 196.100…196.102 visible.
The control program generates warning AE7F User pass code not changed until user
pass code 10000000 has been changed, or the warning is disabled with parameter
131.40, bit 7 (Default pass code).
When INU-DSU communication is active, change of pass code and user lock
functionality are transferred from inverter unit to diode supply unit.

 Settings
Parameters 196.02 (page 134) and 196.100…196.102 (page 137).
38 Program features
Parameters 39

5
Parameters

Contents of this chapter


The chapter describes the parameters, including actual signals, of the control
program.

Terms and abbreviations


Term Definition
Actual signal Type of parameter that is the result of a measurement or calculation by the
supply unit, or contains status information.
Def (In the following table, shown on the same row as the parameter name.)
Default value of a Parameter for the Factory macro.
FbEq16 (In the following table, shown on the same row as the parameter range, or for
each selection.)
16-bit fieldbus equivalent. Scaling between the value shown on the panel and
the integer used in fieldbus communication when a 16-bit value is selected
for transmission to an external system.
Dash (-) indicates that the parameter is not accessible in 16-bit format.
Corresponding 32-bit scalings are listed in chapter Additional parameter
data (page 139).
Other The value is taken from another parameter.
Choosing “Other” displays a parameter list in which the user can specify the
source parameter.
Note: The source parameter must be a 32-bit real (floating point) number. To
use a 16-bit integer (for example, received from an external device in data
sets) as the source, data storage parameters 147.01…147.08 (page 111) can
be used.
Other [bit] Value is taken from a specific bit in another parameter. Choosing “Other”
displays a parameter list in which the user can specify the source parameter
and bit.
40 Parameters

Term Definition
Parameter Either an user-adjustable operating instruction for the diode supply unit, or
an actual signal.
p.u. Per unit
Parameters 41

Reserved digital inputs and relay outputs


Do not change the settings of the reserved digital inputs or relay outputs. For the
cabinet-installed multidrive, ACS880-307, digital inputs and relay outputs are
typically defined in use and connected to the appropriate control circuits already at
the factory. See the delivery-specific circuit diagrams and subsections Default I/O
connection diagram (UCU) on page 32.

Summary of parameter groups


Group Contents Page
101 Actual values Basic signals for monitoring of the supply unit. 43
104 Warnings and faults Information on warnings and faults that occurred last. 44
105 Diagnostics Various run-time-type counters and measurements related to 45
diode supply unit maintenance.
106 Control and status Control and status words. 46
words
107 System info Hardware and firmware information. 52
110 Standard DI, RO Configuration of digital inputs and relay outputs. 53
111 Standard DIO, FI, FO Configuration of digital input/outputs and frequency 57
inputs/outputs.
112 Standard AI Configuration of analog inputs. 60
113 Standard AO Configuration of analog outputs. 63
114 Extension I/O module 1 Configuration of I/O extension module 1. 66
115 Extension I/O module 2 Configuration of I/O extension module 2. 82
116 Extension I/O module 3 Configuration of I/O extension module 3. 86
119 Operation mode Selection of external control location sources and operating 90
modes.
120 Start/stop Start/stop and run/start enable signal source selection; 90
charging settings.
121 Start/stop mode Start and stop modes; emergency stop mode and signal 95
source selection.
131 Fault functions Settings that define the behavior of the supply unit upon fault 96
situations.
133 Generic timer & counter Configuration of maintenance timers/counters. 103
136 Load analyzer Peak value and amplitude logger settings. 108
147 Data storage Parameters that can be written to and read from by using 111
source and target settings of other parameters.
149 Panel port Communication settings for the control panel port on the 113
communication supply unit.
150 FBA General settings for fieldbus communication configuration. 113
151 FBA A settings Fieldbus adapter A configuration. 117
152 FBA A data in Selection of data to be transferred from supply unit to 119
fieldbus controller through fieldbus adapter A.
153 FBA A data out Selection of data to be transferred from fieldbus controller to 119
supply unit through fieldbus adapter A.
154 FBA B settings Fieldbus adapter B configuration. 119
155 FBA B data in Selection of data to be transferred from the diode supply unit 121
to fieldbus controller through fieldbus adapter B.
156 FBA B data out Selection of data to be transferred from fieldbus controller to 121
supply unit through fieldbus adapter B.
160 DDCS communication DDCS communication configuration. 121
161 DDCS transmit Defines the data sent to the DDCS link. 123
42 Parameters

Group Contents Page


162 DDCS receive Mapping of data received through the DDCS link. 126
190 Additional actual values Additional actual values of 6-pulse diode-thyristor bridge or 129
modules connected to first winding of 12-pulse diode supply
unit.
192 Additional actual Additional actual values of modules connected to second 131
values 2 winding of 12-pulse diode supply unit.
195 HW configuration Various hardware-related settings. 132
196 System Language selection; pass code; parameter save and restore; 134
control unit reboot; user lock.
206 I/O bus configuration Basic configuration of the distributed I/O bus. 138
207 I/O bus service Distributed I/O bus service. 138
208 I/O bus diagnostics Diagnostic counters of the distributed I/O bus. 138
209 I/O bus fan Fan identification run on the distributed I/O bus. 138
identification
Parameters 43

Parameter listing

WARNING! Do not change any parameter settings unless you are absolutely
sure what you are doing. The parameter settings and I/O wirings of the
cabinet-installed multidrive are done at the factory according to the
application requirements.

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


101
101 Actual values Basic signals for monitoring of the supply unit.
101.01 DC voltage Measured intermediate circuit voltage [V]. -

0.00…2000.00 V Intermediate circuit voltage. 1=1V


101.02 Line current DxT modules only: Average rms value of phase currents -
[A].
0.00…30000.00 A Phase current. 1=1A
101.03 Line current % DxT modules only: Average rms value of phase currents -
[%].
0.0…1000.0% Phase current in percent of nominal current. 1 = 1%
101.08 Frequency DxT modules only: Grid frequency [Hz]. -
0.00…100.00 Hz Grid frequency. 100 = 1 Hz
101.09 Grid voltage DxT modules only: Average rms value of grid main -
voltages [V].
0.00…2000.00 V Grid main voltage. 1=1V
101.12 Power DxT modules only: Power [kW]. -
-30000.00… Power. 1 = 1 kW
30000.00 kW
101.13 Power % DxT modules only: Power in percent of nominal [%]. -
-1000.0…1000.0% Power in percent of nominal. 1=1%
101.22 kWh supply DxT modules only: Counts the net kWh. -
-1000…1000 kWh kWh value. 10 = 1 kWh
101.23 MWh supply DxT modules only: Counts the net MWh. -
-1000…1000 MWh MWh value. 1 = 1 MWh
101.24 GWh supply DxT modules only: Counts the net GWh. -
-32768… GWh value. 1 = 1 GWh
32767 GWh
101.31 Ambient DxT modules only: Temperature of module incoming air -
temperature [°C].
-30000.0… Ambient temperature. 1 = 1 °C
30000.0 °C
101.61 Nominal supply DxT modules only: Nominal supply voltage of the -
voltage converter [V].
0…2000 V Nominal supply voltage. 1=1V
101.62 Nominal DC DxT modules only: Nominal DC voltage of the converter -
voltage [V].
0…2000 V Nominal DC voltage. 1=1V
101.63 Nominal current DxT modules only: Nominal current of the converter [A]. -
0…30000 A Nominal current. 1=1A
101.64 Nominal power DxT modules only: Nominal power of the converter [kW]. -
0…30000 kW Nominal power. 1 = 1 kW
44 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


101.70 Ambient DxT modules only: Ambient temperature of supply unit -
temperature in percent. 0…100% corresponds to 0…60 °C or 32…140
percent °F.
See also 101.31 Ambient temperature.
-200.00…200.00% Ambient temperature in percent. 1 = 1%
104
104 Warnings and faults Information on warnings and faults that occurred last.
For explanations of individual warning and fault codes,
see chapter Fault tracing.
All parameters in this group are read-only unless
otherwise noted.
104.01 Tripping fault Code of the 1st active fault (the fault that caused the -
current trip).
0000h…FFFFh 1st active fault. 1=1
104.02 Active fault 2 Code of the 2nd active fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 2nd active fault. 1=1
104.03 Active fault 3 Code of the 3rd active fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 3rd active fault. 1=1
104.04 Active fault 4 Code of the 4th active fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 4th active fault. 1=1
104.05 Active fault 5 Code of the 5th active fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 5th active fault. 1=1
104.06 Active warning 1 Code of the 1st active warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 1st active warning. 1=1
104.07 Active warning 2 Code of the 2nd active warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 2nd active warning. 1=1
104.08 Active warning 3 Code of the 3rd active warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 3rd active warning. 1=1
104.09 Active warning 4 Code of the 4th active warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 4th active warning. 1=1
104.10 Active warning 5 Code of the 5 th
active warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 5th active warning. 1=1
104.11 Latest fault Code of the 1st stored fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 1st stored fault. 1=1
104.12 2nd latest fault Code of the 2nd stored fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 2nd stored fault. 1=1
104.13 3rd latest fault Code of the 3rd stored fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 3rd stored fault. 1=1
104.14 4th latest fault Code of the 4th stored fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 4th stored fault. 1=1
104.15 5th latest fault Code of the 5 th
stored fault. -
0000h…FFFFh 5th stored fault. 1=1
104.16 Latest warning Code of the 1st stored warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 1st stored warning. 1=1
Parameters 45

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


104.17 2nd latest warning Code of the 2nd stored warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 2nd stored warning. 1=1
104.18 3rd latest warning Code of the 3rd stored warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 3rd stored warning. 1=1
104.19 4th latest warning Code of the 4th stored warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 4th stored warning. 1=1
104.20 5th latest warning Code of the 5th stored warning. -
0000h…FFFFh 5th stored warning. 1=1
104.25 Faulted modules Indicates which parallel-connected modules have -
faulted. The bits of this word are cleared when all faults
have been reset.
This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Module 1 1 = Module 1 faulted.
1 Module 2 1 = Module 2 faulted.
… … …
11 Module 12 1 = Module 12 faulted.
12…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Faulted modules. 1=1


105
105 Diagnostics Various run-time-type counters and measurements
related to diode supply unit maintenance.
All parameters in this group are read-only unless
otherwise noted.
105.01 On-time counter On-time counter. The counter runs when the supply unit -
is powered.
0…65535 d On-time counter. 1=1d
105.02 Run-time counter DSU run-time counter. The counter runs when the diode -
supply unit is running and has closed the main circuit
breaker.
0…65535 d DSU run-time counter. 1=1d
105.04 Main fan on-time DxT modules only: Running time of the cooling fan. Can -
counter be reset on the control panel by keeping Reset
depressed for over 3 seconds.
0…65535 d Cooling fan run-time counter. 1=1d
105.09 Time from power- 500-microsecond ticks elapsed since the last boot of -
up the control unit.
0…4294967295 500-microsecond ticks since last boot. 1=1
105.10 Control board Displays the actual temperature on the surface of the -
temperature control board.
-50…150 °C Board temperature in degrees Celsius. 1 = 1°C
105.11 Converter DxT modules only: Converter semiconductor -
temperature % temperature in percent of the fault limit.
-40.0…160.0% Converter temperature in percent. 1 = 1%
105.18 Control board Displays the actual humidity value on the surface of the -
humidity control board.
0…100% Humidity on the surface of the control board in percent. 1 = 1%
46 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


105.21 MCB closing time Counts the closures of the main circuit breaker (MCB). -
counter This parameter can be used for maintenance purposes.
Depending on application, the maintenance interval of
the main circuit breaker may vary. See the maintenance
instructions of the main circuit breaker.
0…4294967295 Count of closures of main circuit breaker. 1=1
106
106 Control and status Control and status words.
words
106.01 Main control word The main control word of the diode supply unit. This -
parameter shows the control signals as received from
the selected sources (such as digital inputs, the fieldbus
interfaces, etc.).
This parameter is read-only.
The bit assignments are shown in the table below. For
detailed bit descriptions, see page 192.

Bit Name
0 On/Off
1 Off 2
2 Off 3
3 Start
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 Reset
8 -
9 -
10 Remote cmd
11 Ext ctrl loc
12 User bit 0
13 User bit 1
14 User bit 2
15 User bit 3

0000h…FFFFh Main control word. 1=1


106.03 FBA A transparent The unaltered control word received from the PLC -
control word through fieldbus adapter A.
This parameter is read-only.
00000000h … Control word received through fieldbus adapter A. -
FFFFFFFFh
106.04 FBA B transparent The unaltered control word received from the PLC -
control word through fieldbus adapter B.
This parameter is read-only.
00000000h … Control word received through fieldbus adapter B. -
FFFFFFFFh
Parameters 47

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


106.11 Main status word Main status word of the diode supply unit. -
Reflects the status of the supply unit irrespective of
control source, eg. a fieldbus system, control panel
(keypad), PC tool, standard I/O, application program or
sequence programming, and irrespective of actual
control profile which is used to control the supply unit.
This parameter is read-only.
The bit assignments are shown in the table below. For
detailed bit descriptions, see page 193.

Bit Name
0 Ready to switch ON
1 Ready run
2 Ready ref
3 Tripped
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 Warning
8 Operating
9 Remote
10 Ready for load
11 User bit 0
12 User bit 1
13 User bit 2
14 Charging
15 User bit 3

0000h…FFFFh Main status word. 1=1


106.16 Drive status word 1 Status word 1 of the supply unit. -
This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Enabled 1 = Run enable and start enable
signals are present
1 Inhibited 1 = Start inhibited
2 Reserved
3 Reserved
4 Reserved
5 Started 1 = DSU has been started
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 Local control 1 = DSU is in local control
9 Network control 1 = DSU is in network control
10 Ext1 active 1 = Control location Ext1 active
11 Ext2 active 1 = Control location Ext2 active
12 Charging 1 = Charging relay is closed
13 MCB 1 = MCB relay is closed
14…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Status word 1. 1=1


48 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


106.17 Drive status word Drive status word 2. -
2 This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Reserved
1 Supply phase order Phase order UVW is detected and the grid is rotating
UVW on expected direction.
2 Supply phase order Phase order UWV is detected and the grid is rotating
UWV on unexpected direction.
3 Reserved
4 Reserved
5 Reserved
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 Reserved
9 Reserved
10 Reserved
11 Reserved
12 Reduced run 1 = Reduced run active (see section Reduced run
function on page 35)
13…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Drive status word 2. 1=1


106.18 Start inhibit status Start inhibit status word. -
word

Bit Name
0 Not ready run
1 Ctrl location changed
2 SSW inhibit
3 Fault
4 Lost start enable
5 Lost run enable
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 Reserved
9 Charging overload
10 Reserved
11 Reserved
12 Em Off2
13 Em Off3
14 Auto reset inhibit
15 Measurement configuration

0000h…FFFFh Start inhibit status word. 1=1


Parameters 49

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


106.25 Drive inhibit status Drive inhibit status word 2. This word specifies the -
word 2 source of the inhibiting signal that is preventing the unit
from starting.
See also parameters 106.18 Start inhibit status word,
and 106.16 Drive status word 1, bit 1.
This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Follower drive 1 = A follower is preventing the master from starting.
1 Application 1 = The application program is preventing the drive from
starting.
2 Aux. power 1 = A control unit auxiliary power failure is preventing the drive
failure from starting.
3 Reserved
4 Ref source 1 = A reference source parametrization conflict is preventing
parametrization the drive from starting.
5…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Drive inhibit status word 2. 1=1


106.30 MSW bit 11 sel Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as Ext ctrl loc
bit 11 of 106.11 Main status word.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Ext ctrl loc External control location selected. 3
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.31 MSW bit 12 sel Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 12 of 106.11 Main status word.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.32 MSW bit 13 sel Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 13 of 106.11 Main status word.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.33 MSW bit 15 sel Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 15 of 106.11 Main status word.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
50 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


106.50 User status word 1 User status word 1.

Bit Name Description


0 User status bit 0 See 106.60 User status word 1 bit 0 sel.
1 User status bit 1 See 106.61 User status word 1 bit 1 sel.
2 User status bit 2 See 106.62 User status word 1 bit 2 sel.
3 User status bit 3 See 106.63 User status word 1 bit 3 sel.
4 User status bit 4 See 106.64 User status word 1 bit 4 sel.
5 User status bit 5 See 106.65 User status word 1 bit 5 sel.
6 User status bit 6 See 106.66 User status word 1 bit 6 sel.
7 User status bit 7 See 106.67 User status word 1 bit 7 sel.
8 User status bit 8 See 106.68 User status word 1 bit 8 sel.
9 User status bit 9 See 106.69 User status word 1 bit 9 sel.
10 User status bit 10 See 106.70 User status word 1 bit 10 sel.
11 User status bit 11 See 106.71 User status word 1 bit 11 sel.
12 User status bit 12 See 106.72 User status word 1 bit 12 sel.
13 User status bit 13 See 106.73 User status word 1 bit 13 sel.
14 User status bit 14 See 106.74 User status word 1 bit 14 sel.
15 User status bit 15 See 106.75 User status word 1 bit 15 sel.

0000h…FFFFh User-defined status word. 1=1


106.60 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 0 sel bit 0 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.61 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 1 sel bit 1 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.62 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 2 sel bit 2 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.63 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 3 sel bit 3 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.64 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 4 sel bit 4 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.65 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 5 sel bit 5 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
Parameters 51

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


106.66 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 6 sel bit 6 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.67 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 7 sel bit 7 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.68 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 8 sel bit 8 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.69 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 9 sel bit 9 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.70 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 10 sel bit 10 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.71 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 11 sel bit 11 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.72 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 12 sel bit 12 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.73 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 13 sel bit 13 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.74 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 14 sel bit 14 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
106.75 User status word 1 Selects a binary source whose status is transmitted as False
bit 15 sel bit 15 of 106.50 User status word 1.
False 0. 1
True 1. 2
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter. 3
52 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


107
107 System info Hardware and firmware information.
All parameters in this group are read-only.
107.03 Drive rating id DxT modules only: Type of the diode supply unit. -
107.04 Firmware name Firmware identification. -
107.05 Firmware version Version number of the firmware. -
107.06 Loading package Name of the firmware loading package. -
name
107.07 Loading package Version number of the firmware loading package. -
version
107.08 Bootloader version Version number of the firmware bootloader. -
107.11 Cpu usage Microprocessor load in percent. -
0 … 100% Microprocessor load. 1 = 1%
107.13 PU logic version DxT modules only: The version number of the power unit -
number FPGA logic.
107.14 FPGA logic version Version name of the FPGA logic of the control unit. -
name
107.15 FPGA logic version Version number of the FPGA logic of the control unit. -
number
107.30 Adaptive program Shows the status of the adaptive program. -
status See section Adaptive programming (page 21).

Bit Name Description


0 Initialized 1 = Adaptive program initialized
1 Editing 1 = Adaptive program is being edited
2 Edit done 1 = Editing of adaptive program finished
3 Running 1 = Adaptive program running
4…13 Reserved
14 State changing Reserved
15 Faulted 1 = Error in adaptive program

0000h…FFFFh Adaptive program status. 1=1


107.60 Device DNA bits Defines device DNA bits 95…64 for a control token. -
[95..64] Control token is valid only in a single device, and it
requires specific permission granted for the device. See
section Control tokens on page 12.
0000h…FFFFh Device DNA bits 95…64. 1=1
107.61 Device DNA bits Defines device DNA bits 63…32 for a control token. -
[63..32] Control token is valid only in a single device, and it
requires specific permission granted for the device. See
section Control tokens on page 12.
0000h…FFFFh Device DNA bits 63…32. 1=1
107.62 Device DNA bits Defines device DNA bits 31…0 for a control token. -
[31..0] Control token is valid only in a single device, and it
requires specific permission granted for the device. See
section Control tokens on page 12.
0000h…FFFFh Device DNA bits 31…0. 1=1
107.63 Remove all Control Removes all active control tokens from the device. -
Tokens Enabling any bit of this parameter activates the
removal. Control tokens are removed after a control unit
reboot. See section Control tokens on page 12.
0000h…FFFFh Removal of all active control tokens. 1=1
Parameters 53

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


107.64 Active control Defines active control tokens on the device. See section -
tokens 1 Control tokens on page 12.
0000h…FFFFh Active control tokens. 1=1
110
110 Standard DI, RO Configuration of digital inputs and relay outputs.
110.01 DI status Status of digital inputs DIIL and DI6…DI1. -
Bits 0…5 reflect the status of DI1…DI6; bit 15 reflects
the status of the DIIL input.
0000h…FFFFh Status of digital inputs. 1=1
110.02 DI delayed status Status of digital inputs DIIL and DI6…DI1 after any -
activation/deactivation delays.
Bits 0…5 reflect the delayed status of DI1…DI6; bit 15
reflects the delayed status of the DIIL input.
0000h…FFFFh Delayed status of digital inputs. 1=1
110.03 DI force selection Defines how the true readings of the digital inputs can 0000h
be overridden for eg. testing purposes. A bit in
parameter 110.04 DI force data is provided for each
digital input, and its value is applied whenever the
corresponding bit in this parameter is 1.

Bit Value
0 1 = Force DI1 to value of bit 0 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
1 1 = Force DI2 to value of bit 1 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
2 1 = Force DI3 to value of bit 2 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
3 1 = Force DI4 to value of bit 3 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
4 1 = Force DI5 to value of bit 4 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
5 1 = Force DI6 to value of bit 5 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.
6…14 Reserved
15 1 = Force DIIL to value of bit 15 of parameter 110.04 DI force data.

0000h…FFFFh Status of digital inputs. 1=1


110.04 DI force data Defines and contains the values of digital inputs that are 0000h
used instead of the true readings if selected in
parameter 110.03 DI force selection. Bit 0 is the forced
value for DI1.
0000h…FFFFh Forced values of digital inputs. 1=1
110.05 DI1 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI1. 0.0 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1

DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.05 DI1 ON delay


tOff 110.06 DI1 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI1. 10 = 1 s


110.06 DI1 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI1. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.05 DI1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI1. 10 = 1 s
54 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


110.07 DI2 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI2. 0.0 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1

DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.07 DI2 ON delay


tOff 110.08 DI2 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI2. 10 = 1 s


110.08 DI2 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI2. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.07 DI2 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI2. 10 = 1 s
110.09 DI3 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI3. 0.3 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1

DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.09 DI3 ON delay


tOff 110.10 DI3 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI3. 10 = 1 s


110.10 DI3 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI3. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.09 DI3 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI3. 10 = 1 s
110.11 DI4 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI4. 0.0 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1
DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.11 DI4 ON delay


tOff 110.12 DI4 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI4. 10 = 1 s


110.12 DI4 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI4. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.11 DI4 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI4. 10 = 1 s
Parameters 55

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


110.13 DI5 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI5. 0.0 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1

DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.13 DI5 ON delay


tOff 110.14 DI4 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI5. 10 = 1 s


110.14 DI5 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI5. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.13 DI5 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI5. 10 = 1 s
110.15 DI6 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input DI6. 0.0 s

Connected 1
signal 0
status
1

DI status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.15 DI6 ON delay


tOff 110.16 DI6 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DI6. 10 = 1 s


110.16 DI6 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI6. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.15 DI6 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DI6. 10 = 1 s
110.21 RO status Shows the status of relay outputs RO8…RO1.
Example: 00000001 = RO1 is energized, RO2…RO8 are
de-energized.
0000h…FFFFh Status of relay outputs. 1=1
110.24 RO1 source Selects a signal to be connected to relay output RO1. Running
Note: For the cabinet-installed supply units, check the
delivery-specific use from the delivery-specific circuit
diagrams. Do not change the setting if relay output is in
use and connected already.
Not energized Relay output is not energized. 0
Energized Relay output is energized. 1
Ready Bit 0 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Relay is 2
energized when the supply unit is ready.
Started Bit 4 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Relay is 3
energized when the supply unit is started.
Ready run Bit 1 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Relay is 4
energized when the supply unit is ready.
56 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Warning Bit 7 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Relay is 5
energized when a warning is active.
Fault Bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Relay is 6
energized when a fault is active.
MCB Bit 13 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Relay 7
is energized when MCB closing command is given.
Charging Bit 14 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Relay 8
is energized when external charging is charging the DC
link.
Fault (-1) Inverted bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). 9
Relay is de-energized when a fault is active.
Other [bit] A specific bit in another parameter.
110.25 RO1 ON delay Defines the activation delay for relay output RO1. 0.0 s

Source 1
signal 0
status
1

RO status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.25 RO1 ON delay


tOff 110.26 RO1 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for RO1. 10 = 1 s


110.26 RO1 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for relay output RO1. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.25 RO1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for RO1. 10 = 1 s
110.27 RO2 source Selects a supply unit signal to be connected to relay Fault (-1)
output RO2.
For the available selections, see parameter 110.24 RO1
source.
Note: For the cabinet-installed supply units, check the
delivery-specific use from the delivery-specific circuit
diagrams. Do not change the setting if relay output is in
use and connected already.
110.28 RO2 ON delay Defines the activation delay for relay output RO2. 0.0 s

Source 1
signal 0
status
1
RO status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.28 RO2 ON delay


tOff 110.29 RO2 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for RO2. 10 = 1 s


110.29 RO2 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for relay output RO2. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.28 RO2 ON delay.
Parameters 57

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for RO2. 10 = 1 s
110.30 RO3 source Selects a signal to be connected to relay output RO3. MCB
For the available selections, see parameter 110.24 RO1
source.
Note: For the cabinet-installed supply units, check the
delivery-specific use from the delivery-specific circuit
diagrams. Do not change the setting if relay output is in
use and connected already.
110.31 RO3 ON delay Defines the activation delay for relay output RO3. 0.0 s

Status of
selected 1
source 0

1
RO status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 110.31 RO3 ON delay


tOff 110.32 RO3 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for RO3. 10 = 1 s


110.32 RO3 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for relay output RO3. See 0.0 s
parameter 110.31 RO3 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for RO3. 10 = 1 s
110.51 DI filter time Defines a filtering time for parameter 110.01 DI status. 10.0 ms
Note that this parameter has no effect on forced DI
values defined by parameters 110.03 and 110.04.
0.3 … 100.0 ms Filtering time for 110.01. 10 = 1 ms
110.99 RO/DIO control Storage parameter for controlling the relay outputs and 0000h
word digital input/outputs.
To control the relay outputs (RO) and the digital
input/outputs (DIO), send a control word with the bit
assignments shown below as Modbus I/O data. Set the
target selection parameter of that particular data. In the
source selection parameter of the desired output, select
the appropriate bit of this word.

Bit Name Description


0 RO1 Source bits for relay outputs RO1…RO3 (see parameters 110.24,
1 RO2 110.27 and 110.30).
2 RO3
3…7 Reserved
8 DIO1 Source bits for digital input/outputs DIO1…DIO3 (see parameters
9 DIO2 111.06 and 111.10).
10…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh RO/DIO control word. 1=1


111
111 Standard DIO, FI, FO Configuration of digital input/outputs and frequency
inputs.
111.01 DIO status Status of digital input/outputs DIO8…DIO1. -
Example: 0000001001 = DIO1 and DIO4 are on, the
remainder are off.
58 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0000h…FFFFh Status of digital input/outputs. 1=1
111.02 DIO delayed status Status of digital input/outputs DIO8…DIO1 after -
activation/deactivation delays.
Bit 0 reflects the delayed status of DIO1.
0000h…FFFFh Delayed status of digital input/outputs. 1=1
111.05 DIO1 function Selects whether DIO1 is used as a digital output or input. Output
Output DIO1 is used as a digital output. 0
Input DIO1 is used as a digital input. 1
Freq DIO1 is used as a frequency input. 2
111.06 DIO1 output Selects a signal to be connected to digital input/output Not
source DIO1 when parameter 111.05 DIO1 function is set to energized
Output.
Not energized Output is not energized. 0
Energized Output is energized. 1
Ready Bit 0 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 2
energized when the supply unit is ready.
Started Bit 4 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Output 3
is energized when the supply unit is started.
Running Bit 1 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 4
energized when the supply unit is running.
Warning Bit 7 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 5
energized when a warning is active.
Fault Bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 6
energized when a fault is active.
MCB Bit 13 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). 7
Output is energized when MCB closing command is
given.
Charging Bit 12 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). 8
Output is energized when external charging is charging
the DC link.
Fault (-1) Inverted bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). 9
Relay is de-energized when a fault is active.
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
111.07 DIO1 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input/output 0.0 s
DIO1 when parameter 111.05 DIO1 function is set to
Output.

Status of 1
selected 0
signal
1

DIO status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 111.07 DIO1 ON delay


tOff 111.08 DIO1 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO1 when set as an output. 10 = 1 s


Parameters 59

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


111.08 DIO1 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output 0.0 s
DIO1 when parameter 111.05 DIO1 function is set to
Output. See parameter 111.07 DIO1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO1 when set as an output. 10 = 1 s
111.09 DIO2 function Selects whether DIO2 is used as a digital output or Output
input.
Output DIO2 is used as a digital output. 0
Input DIO2 is used as a digital input. 1
111.10 DIO2 output Selects a supply unit signal to be connected to digital Not
source input/output DIO2 when parameter 111.09 DIO2 energized
function is set to Output.
For the available selections, see parameter 111.06 DIO1
output source.
111.11 DIO2 ON delay Defines the activation delay for digital input/output 0.0 s
DIO2 when parameter 111.09 DIO2 function is set to
Output.

Status of 1
selected 0
signal
1

DIO status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn 111.11 DIO2 ON delay


tOff 111.12 DIO2 OFF delay

0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO2 when set as an output. 10 = 1 s


111.12 DIO2 OFF delay Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output 0.0 s
DIO2 when parameter 111.09 DIO2 function is set to
Output. See parameter 111.11 DIO2 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO2 when set as an output. 10 = 1 s
111.38 Freq in 1 actual Value of frequency input 1 before scaling. See parameter -
value 111.42 Freq in 1 min.
0 … 16000 Hz Unscaled value of frequency input 1. 1 = 1 Hz
111.39 Freq in 1 scaled Value of frequency input 1 after scaling. See parameter -
111.42 Freq in 1 min.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of frequency input 1. 1=1
32767.000
60 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


111.42 Freq in 1 min Defines the minimum input frequency for frequency 0 Hz
input 1.
The incoming frequency signal (111.38 Freq in 1 actual
value) is scaled into an internal signal (111.39 Freq in 1
scaled) by parameters 111.42…111.45 as follows:
111.39

111.45

111.44

fin
111.42 111.43
0 … 16000 Hz Minimum frequency of frequency input 1. 1 = 1 Hz
111.43 Freq in 1 max Defines the maximum input frequency for frequency 16000 Hz
input 1. See parameter 111.42 Freq in 1 min.
0 … 16000 Hz Maximum frequency for frequency input 1. 1 = 1 Hz
111.44 Freq in 1 at scaled Defines the value that corresponds to the minimum 0.000
min input frequency defined by parameter 111.42 Freq in 1
min. See diagram at parameter 111.42 Freq in 1 min.
-32768.000 … Value corresponding to minimum of frequency input 1. 1=1
32767.000
111.45 Freq in 1 at scaled Defines the value that corresponds to the maximum 1500.000
max input frequency defined by parameter 111.43 Freq in 1
max. See diagram at parameter 111.42 Freq in 1 min.
-32768.000 … Value corresponding to maximum of frequency input 1. 1=1
32767.000
111.81 DIO filter time Defines a filtering time for parameter 111.01 DIO status. 10.0 ms
The filtering time will only affect the DIOs that are in
input mode.
0.3 … 100.0 ms Filtering time for 111.01. 10 = 1 ms
112
112 Standard AI Configuration of analog inputs.
112.03 AI supervision Selects how the supply unit reacts when an analog input No action
function signal moves out of the minimum and/or maximum
limits specified for the input.
The inputs and the limits to be observed are selected by
parameter 112.04 AI supervision selection.
No action No action taken. 0
Fault The supply unit trips on 8E06 AI supervision. 1
Warning The supply unit generates an AE67 AI supervision 2
warning.
Parameters 61

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


112.04 AI supervision Specifies the analog input limits to be supervised. See 0000b
selection parameter 112.03 AI supervision function.

Bit Name Description


0 AI1 < MIN 1 = Minimum limit supervision of AI1 active.
1 AI1 > MAX 1 = Maximum limit supervision of AI1 active.
2 AI2 < MIN 1 = Minimum limit supervision of AI2 active.
3 AI2 > MAX 1 = Maximum limit supervision of AI2 active.
4…15 Reserved

0000b…1111b Activation of analog input supervision. 1=1


112.11 AI1 actual value Value of analog input AI1 in mA or V (depending on -
whether the input is set to current or voltage by jumper
J1).
-22.000 … 22.000 Value of analog input AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
112.12 AI1 scaled value Value of analog input AI1 after scaling. See parameters -
112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 min and 112.20 AI1 scaled at AI1
max.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of analog input AI1. 1=1
32767.000
112.15 AI1 unit selection Selects the unit for readings and settings related to V
analog input 1.
mA Milliamperes. 10
V Volts. 2
112.16 AI1 filter time Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI1. 0.000 s
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63
Filtered signal

t
T

O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal


interface hardware (approximately 0.25 ms time
constant). This cannot be changed by any parameter.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
112.17 AI1 min Defines the minimum value for analog input AI1. See the 0.000 V
drawing at parameter 112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
-22.000 … 22.000 Minimum value of AI1. 1000 = 1 V or
V or mA mA
112.18 AI1 max Defines the maximum value for analog input AI1. See the 20.000 V
drawing at parameter 112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
-22.000 … 22.000 Maximum value of AI1. 1000 = 1 V or
V or mA mA
62 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 Defines the real value of parameter 112.12 AI1 scaled 0.000
min value that that corresponds to the minimum analog
input AI1 value defined by parameter 112.17 AI1 min.
112.12

112.20

112.17
112.18 112.11

112.19

-32768.000 Real value corresponding to minimum AI1 value. 1=1


…32768.000
112.20 AI1 scaled at AI1 Defines the real value of parameter 112.12 AI1 scaled 1920.000
max value that corresponds to the maximum analog input
AI1 value defined by parameter 112.18 AI1 max. See the
drawing at parameter 112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to maximum AI1 value. 1=1
32767.000
112.21 AI2 actual value Value of analog input AI2 in mA or V (depending on -
whether the input is set to current or voltage by jumper
J2).
-22.000 … 22.000 Value of analog input AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
112.22 AI2 scaled value Value of analog input AI2 after scaling. See parameters -
112.29 AI2 scaled at AI2 min and 112.30 AI2 scaled at AI2
max.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of analog input AI2. 1=1
32767.000
112.25 AI2 unit selection Selects the unit for readings and settings related to mA
analog input 2.
mA Milliamperes. 10
V Volts. 2
112.26 AI2 filter time Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI2. See 0.000 s
parameter 112.16 AI1 filter time.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
112.27 AI2 min Defines the minimum value for analog input AI2. 0.000 mA
-22.000 … 22.000 Minimum value of AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
112.28 AI2 max Defines the maximum value for analog input AI2. 20.000 mA
-22.000 … 22.000 Maximum value of AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
Parameters 63

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


112.29 AI2 scaled at AI2 Defines the real value of parameter 112.22 AI2 scaled 0.000
min value that corresponds to the minimum analog input AI2
value defined by parameter 112.27 AI2 min.

AIscaled (112.22)

112.30

112.27
112.28 AIin (112.21)

112.29

-32768.000 Real value corresponding to minimum AI2 value. 1=1


…32767.000
112.30 AI2 scaled at AI2 Defines the real value of parameter 112.22 AI2 scaled 1920.000
max value that corresponds to the maximum analog input
AI2 value defined by parameter 112.28 AI2 max. See the
drawing at parameter 112.29 AI2 scaled at AI2 min.
-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to maximum AI2 value. 1=1
32767.000
113
113 Standard AO Configuration of analog outputs.
113.11 AO1 actual value Value of AO1 in mA. -
0.000 … 22.000 Value of AO1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.12 AO1 source Selects a signal to be connected to analog output AO1. Zero
Zero None. 0
DC voltage 101.01 DC voltage 1
AO1 data storage 113.91 AO1 data storage (page 65). 37
AO2 data storage 113.92 AO2 data storage (page 65). 38
Other The value is taken from another parameter. -
113.16 AO1 filter time Defines the filtering time constant for analog output 0.100 s
AO1.
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63
Filtered signal

t
T

O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s


64 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


113.17 AO1 source min Defines the real value of the signal (selected by 0.0
parameter 113.12 AO1 source) that corresponds to the
minimum AO1 output value (defined by
parameter 113.19 AO1 out at AO1 src min).
IAO1 (mA)

113.20

113.19
113.17 113.18 Signal (real)
selected by par. 113.12
IAO1 (mA)

113.20

113.19

113.18 113.17 Signal (real)


selected by par. 113.12

-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to minimum AO1 output 1 = 1


32767.0 value.
113.18 AO1 source max Defines the real value of the signal (selected by 100.0
parameter 113.12 AO1 source) that corresponds to the
maximum AO1 output value (defined by
parameter 113.20 AO1 out at AO1 src max). See
parameter 113.17 AO1 source min.
-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to maximum AO1 1=1
32767.0 output value.
113.19 AO1 out at AO1 src Defines the minimum output value for analog output 4.000 mA
min AO1.
See also drawing at parameter 113.17 AO1 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Minimum AO1 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.20 AO1 out at AO1 src Defines the maximum output value for analog output 20.000 mA
max AO1.
See also drawing at parameter 113.17 AO1 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Maximum AO1 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.21 AO2 actual value Value of AO2 in mA. -
0.000 … 22.000 Value of AO2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.22 AO2 source Selects a signal to be connected to analog output AO2. Zero
For the selections, see parameter 113.12 AO1 source.
113.26 AO2 filter time Defines the filtering time constant for analog output 0.100 s
AO2. See parameter 113.16 AO1 filter time.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
Parameters 65

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


113.27 AO2 source min Defines the real value of the signal (selected by 0.0
parameter 113.22 AO2 source) that corresponds to the
minimum AO2 output value (defined by
parameter 113.29 AO2 out at AO2 src min).
IAO2 (mA)

113.30

113.29
113.27 113.28 Signal (real)
selected by par. 113.22
IAO2 (mA)

113.30

113.29

113.28 113.27 Signal (real)


selected by par. 113.22

-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to minimum AO2 output 1 = 1


32767.0 value.
113.28 AO2 source max Defines the real value of the signal (selected by 100.0
parameter 113.22 AO2 source) that corresponds to the
maximum AO2 output value (defined by
parameter 113.30 AO2 out at AO2 src max). See
parameter 113.27 AO2 source min.
-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to maximum AO2 1=1
32767.0 output value.
113.29 AO2 out at AO2 src Defines the minimum output value for analog output 4.000 mA
min AO2.
See also drawing at parameter 113.27 AO2 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Minimum AO2 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.30 AO2 out at AO2 src Defines the maximum output value for analog output 20.000 mA
max AO2.
See also drawing at parameter 113.27 AO2 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Maximum AO2 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
113.91 AO1 data storage Storage parameter for controlling analog output AO1 0.00
eg. through fieldbus.
In 113.12 AO1 source, select AO1 data storage. Then set
this parameter as the target of the incoming value data.
-327.68 … 327.67 Storage parameter for AO1. 100 = 1
113.92 AO2 data storage Storage parameter for controlling analog output AO2 0.00
eg. through fieldbus.
In 113.22 AO2 source, select AO2 data storage. Then set
this parameter as the target of the incoming value data.
-327.68 … 327.67 Storage parameter for AO2. 100 = 1
66 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114
114 Extension I/O Configuration of I/O extension module 1.
module 1 See also section Programmable I/O extensions (page
25).
Note: The contents of the parameter group vary
according to the selected I/O extension module type.
114.01 Module 1 type Activates (and specifies the type of) I/O extension None
module 1.
None Inactive. 0
FIO-01 FIO-01. 1
FIO-11 FIO-11. 2
FDIO-01 FDIO-01. 3
FAIO-01 FAIO-01. 4
114.02 Module 1 location Specifies the node number (1…3) on the control unit Slot 1
into which the I/O extension module is installed.
(Node 1 = slot 1, node 2 = slot 2, node 3 = slot 3)
Alternatively, specifies the node ID of the slot on an FEA-
0x extension adapter.
Slot 1 Slot 1. 1
Slot 2 Slot 2. 2
Slot 3 Slot 3. 3
4…254 Node ID of the slot on the FEA-03 extension adapter. 1=1
114.03 Module 1 status Displays the status of I/O extension module 1. No option
No option No module detected in the specified slot. 0
No communication A module has been detected but cannot be 1
communicated with.
Unknown The module type is unknown. 2
FIO-01 An FIO-01 module has been detected and is active. 3
FIO-11 An FIO-11 module has been detected and is active. 4
FAIO-01 An FAIO-01 module has been detected and is active. 24
FDIO-01 An FDIO-01 module has been detected and is active. 25
114.05 DI status (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) -
Displays the status of the digital inputs on the extension
module. The activation/deactivation delays (if any are
specified) are ignored. A filtering time (for input mode)
can be defined by parameter 114.08 DI filter time.
Bit 0 indicates the status of DI1.
Note: The number of active bits in this parameter
depends on the number of digital input/outputs on the
extension module.
Example: 0101b = DI1 and DI3 are on, remainder are off.
This parameter is read-only.
0000b…1111b Status of digital inputs. 1=1
114.05 DIO status (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
Displays the electrical status of the digital
input/outputs on the extension module. The
activation/deactivation delays (if any are specified) are
ignored.
Bit 0 indicates the status of DIO1.
Note: The number of active bits in this parameter
depends on the number of digital input/outputs on the
extension module.
Example: 1001b = DIO1 and DIO4 are on, remainder are
off.
This parameter is read-only.
Parameters 67

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0000b…1111b Status of digital input/outputs. 1=1
114.06 DI delayed status (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) -
Displays the delayed status of the digital inputs on the
extension module. The word is updated only after
activation/deactivation delays (if any are specified).
Bit 0 indicates the status of DI1.
Note: The number of active bits in this parameter
depends on the number of digital inputs on the
extension module.
Example: 0101b = DI1 and DI3 are on, remainder are off.
This parameter is read-only.
0000b…1111b Delayed status of digital inputs. 1=1
114.06 DIO delayed status (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
Displays the status of the digital input/outputs on the
extension module. This word is updated only after
activation/deactivation delays (if any are specified).
Bit 0 indicates the status of DIO1.
Note: The number of active bits in this parameter
depends on the number of digital input/outputs on the
extension module.
Example: 1001b = DIO1 and DIO4 are on, remainder are
off.
This parameter is read-only.
0000b…1111b Delayed status of digital input/outputs. 1=1
114.08 DI filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 10.0 ms
Defines a filtering time for parameter 114.05 DI status.
0.8 … 100.0 ms Filtering time for 114.05. 10 = 1 ms
114.08 DIO filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 10.0 ms
Defines a filtering time for parameter 114.05 DIO status.
The filtering time will only affect the DIOs that are in
input mode.
0.8 … 100.0 ms Filtering time for 114.05. 10 = 1 ms
114.09 DIO1 configuration (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
Selects whether DIO1 of the extension module is used as
a digital input or output.
Input DIO1 is used as a digital input. 0
Output DIO1 is used as a digital output. 1
114.11 DIO1 output (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source Selects a signal to be connected to digital input/output energized
DIO1 when parameter 114.09 DIO1 configuration is set to
Output.
Not energized Output is not energized. 0
Energized Output is energized. 1
Ready run Bit 1 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 3
energized when the supply unit is ready to operate.
Enabled Bit 0 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Output 4
is energized when the supply unit is enabled.
Started Bit 5 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). Output 5
is energized when the supply unit is started.
Ready ref Bit 2 of 106.11 Main status word. Output is energized 7
when the supply unit operation is enabled.
Warning Bit 7 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 8
energized when a warning is active.
Fault Bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word (see page 47). Output is 9
energized when a fault is active.
68 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Fault (-1) Inverted bit 3 of 106.11 Main status word. Output is 10
energized when a fault is not active.
MCB Bit 13 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). 11
Output is energized when MCB closing command is
given.
Charging Bit 12 of 106.16 Drive status word 1 (see page 47). 12
Output is energized when the external charging has
charged the supply unit.
Other A specific bit in another parameter. -
114.12 DI1 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input DI1.

1
*DI status

1
**Delayed DI status
0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.12 DI1 ON delay


tOff = 114.13 DI1 OFF delay
*Electrical status of DI or status of selected source (in output mode). Indicated by 114.05 DI
status.
**Indicated by 114.06 DI delayed status.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Activation delay for DI1. 10 = 1 s
114.12 DIO1 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input/output
DIO1.

1
*DIO status

1
**Delayed DIO
status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.12 DIO1 ON delay


tOff = 114.13 DIO1 OFF delay
*Electrical status of DIO (in input mode) or status of selected source (in output mode).
Indicated by 114.05 DIO status.
**Indicated by 114.06 DIO delayed status.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO1. 10 = 1 s
114.13 DI1 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI1. See
parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Deactivation delay for DI1. 10 = 1 s
114.13 DIO1 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output
DIO1. See parameter 114.12 DIO1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO1. 10 = 1 s
114.14 DIO2 configuration (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
Selects whether DIO2 of the extension module is used as
a digital input or output.
Input DIO2 is used as a digital input. 0
Output DIO2 is used as a digital output. 1
Parameters 69

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.16 DIO2 output (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source Selects a signal to be connected to digital input/output energized
DIO2 when parameter 114.14 DIO2 configuration is set to
Output.
For the available selections, see parameter 114.11 DIO1
output source.
114.17 DI2 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input DI2. See
parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Activation delay for DI2. 10 = 1 s
114.17 DIO2 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input/output
DIO2.

1
*DIO status

1
**Delayed DIO
status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.17 DIO2 ON delay


tOff = 114.18 DIO2 OFF delay
*Electrical status of DIO (in input mode) or status of selected source (in output mode).
Indicated by 114.05 DIO status.
**Indicated by 114.06 DIO delayed status.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO2. 10 = 1 s
114.18 DI2 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI2. See
parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Deactivation delay for DI2. 10 = 1 s
114.18 DIO2 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output
DIO2. See parameter 114.17 DIO2 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO2. 10 = 1 s
114.19 DIO3 configuration (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) Input
Selects whether DIO3 of the extension module is used as
a digital input or output.
Input DIO3 is used as a digital input. 0
Output DIO3 is used as a digital output. 1
114.19 AI supervision (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No action
function Selects how the supply unit reacts when an analog input
signal moves out of the minimum and/or maximum
limits specified for the input.
The inputs and the limits to be observed are selected by
parameter 114.20 AI supervision selection.
No action No action taken. 0
Fault Supply unit trips on 8E06 AI supervision. 1
Warning Supply unit generates an AE67 AI supervision warning. 2
70 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.20 AI supervision (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0000h
selection Specifies the analog input limits to be supervised. See
parameter 114.19 AI supervision function.

Bit Name Description


0 AI1 < MIN 1 = Minimum limit supervision of AI1 active.
1 AI1 > MAX 1 = Maximum limit supervision of AI1 active.
2 AI2 < MIN 1 = Minimum limit supervision of AI2 active.
3 AI2 > MAX 1 = Maximum limit supervision of AI2 active.
4 AI3 < MIN 1 = Minimum limit supervision of AI3 active.
5 AI3 > MAX 1 = Maximum limit supervision of AI3 active.
6…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Activation of analog input supervision. 1=1


114.21 DIO3 output (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) Not
source Selects a signal to be connected to digital input/output energized
DIO3 when parameter 114.19 DIO3 configuration is set to
Output.
For the available selections, see parameter 114.11 DIO1
output source.
114.22 DI3 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input DI3. See
parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Activation delay for DI3. 10 = 1 s
114.22 DIO3 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input/output
DIO3.

1
*DIO status

1
**Delayed DIO
status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.22 DIO3 ON delay


tOff = 114.23 DIO3 OFF delay
*Electrical status of DIO (in input mode) or status of selected source (in output mode).
Indicated by 114.05 DIO status.
**Indicated by 114.06 DIO delayed status.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO3. 10 = 1 s
114.22 AI force sel (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
The true readings of the analog inputs can be
overridden for eg. testing purposes. A forced value
parameter is provided for each analog input, and its
value is applied whenever the corresponding bit in this
parameter is 1.

Bit Value
0 1 = Force AI1 to value of parameter 114.28 AI1 force data.
1 1 = Force AI2 to value of parameter 114.43 AI2 force data.
2 1 = Force AI3 to value of parameter 114.58 AI3 force data.
3…31 Reserved.
Parameters 71

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


00000000h … Forced values selector for analog inputs. 1=1
FFFFFFFFh
114.23 DI3 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input DI3. See
parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
0.00 … 3000.00 s Deactivation delay for DI3. 10 = 1 s
114.23 DIO3 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output
DIO3. See parameter 114.22 DIO3 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO3. 10 = 1 s
114.24 DIO4 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) Input
configuration Selects whether DIO4 of the I/O extension module is
used as a digital input or output.
Input DIO4 is used as a digital input. 0
Output DIO4 is used as a digital output. 1
114.26 DIO4 output (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) Not
source Selects a signal to be connected to digital input/output energized
DIO4 when parameter 114.24 DIO4 configuration is set
to Output.
For the available selections, see parameter 114.11 DIO1
output source.
114.26 AI1 actual value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of analog input AI1 in mA or V
(depending on whether the input is set to current or
voltage).
This parameter is read-only.
-22.000 … 22.000 Value of analog input AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.27 DIO4 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for digital input/output
DIO4.

1
*DIO status

1
**Delayed DIO
status 0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.27 DIO4 ON delay


tOff = 114.28 DIO4 OFF delay
*Electrical status of DIO (in input mode) or status of selected source (in output mode).
Indicated by 114.05 DIO status.
**Indicated by 114.06 DIO delayed status.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for DIO4. 10 = 1 s
114.27 AI1 scaled value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of analog input AI1 after scaling. See
parameter 114.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
This parameter is read-only.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of analog input AI1. 1=1
32767.000
114.28 DIO4 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for digital input/output
DIO4. See parameter 114.27 DIO4 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for DIO4. 10 = 1 s
72 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.28 AI1 force data (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Forced value that can be used instead of the true
reading of the input. See parameter 114.22 AI force sel.
-22.000 … 22.000 Forced value of analog input AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.29 AI1 HW switch pos (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Shows the position of the hardware current/voltage
selector on the I/O extension module.
Note: The setting of the current/voltage selector must
match the unit selection made in parameter 114.30 AI1
unit selection.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.30 AI1 unit selection (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
Selects the unit for readings and settings related to
analog input AI1.
Note: This setting must match the corresponding
hardware setting on the I/O extension module (see the
manual of the I/O extension module). The hardware
setting is shown by parameter 114.29 AI1 HW switch pos.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.31 RO status (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) -
Status of relay outputs on the I/O extension module.
Example: 00000001b = RO1 is energized, RO2 is de-
energized.
0000h…FFFFh Status of relay outputs. 1=1
114.31 AI1 filter gain (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
Selects a hardware filtering time for AI1.
See also parameter 114.32 AI1 filter time.
No filtering No filtering. 0
125 us 125 microseconds. 1
250 us 250 microseconds. 2
500 us 500 microseconds. 3
1 ms 1 millisecond. 4
2 ms 2 milliseconds. 5
4 ms 4 milliseconds. 6
7.9375 ms 7.9375 milliseconds. 7
Parameters 73

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.32 AI1 filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.040 s
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI1.
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63 Filtered signal

t
T

O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal


interface hardware. See parameter 114.31 AI1 filter gain.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
114.33 AI1 min (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI1. V
-22.000 … 22.000 Minimum value of AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.34 RO1 source (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
Selects a signal to be connected to relay output RO1. energized
For the available selections, see parameter 114.11 DIO1
output source.
114.34 AI1 max (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI1. or V
-22.000 … 22.000 Maximum value of AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.35 RO1 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for relay output RO1.

1
Status of selected
source
0

1
RO status
0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.35 RO1 ON delay


tOff = 114.36 RO1 OFF delay
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for RO1. 10 = 1 s
74 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min Defines the real value that corresponds to the minimum
analog input AI1 value defined by parameter 114.33 AI1
min.

AIscaled (114.27)

114.36

AIin (114.26)
114.33
114.34

114.35

-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to minimum AI1 value. 1=1


32767.000
114.36 RO1 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for relay output RO1. See
parameter 114.35 RO1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for RO1. 10 = 1 s
114.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max Defines the real value that corresponds to the maximum
analog input AI1 value defined by parameter 114.34 AI1
max. See the drawing at parameter 114.35 AI1 scaled at
AI1 min.
-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to maximum AI1 value. 1=1
32767.000
114.37 RO2 source (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
Selects a signal to be connected to relay output RO2. energized
For the available selections, see parameter 114.11 DIO1
output source.
114.38 RO2 ON delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the activation delay for relay output RO2.

1
Status of selected
source
0

1
RO status
0

Time
tOn tOff tOn tOff

tOn = 114.38 RO2 ON delay


tOff = 114.39 RO2 OFF delay
0.0 … 3000.0 s Activation delay for RO2. 10 = 1 s
114.39 RO2 OFF delay (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
Defines the deactivation delay for relay output RO1. See
parameter 114.35 RO1 ON delay.
0.0 … 3000.0 s Deactivation delay for RO2. 10 = 1 s
Parameters 75

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.41 AI2 actual value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of analog input AI2 in mA or V
(depending on whether the input is set to current or
voltage).
This parameter is read-only.
-22.000 … 22.000 Value of analog input AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.42 AI2 scaled value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of analog input AI2 after scaling. See
parameter 114.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min.
This parameter is read-only.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of analog input AI2. 1=1
32767.000
114.43 AI2 force data (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
Forced value that can be used instead of the true
reading of the input. See parameter 114.22 AI force sel.
-22.000 … 22.000 Forced value of analog input AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.44 AI2 HW switch pos (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Shows the position of the hardware current/voltage
selector on the I/O extension module.
Note: The setting of the current/voltage selector must
match the unit selection made in parameter 114.45 AI2
unit selection.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.45 AI2 unit selection (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
Selects the unit for readings and settings related to
analog input AI2.
Note: This setting must match the corresponding
hardware setting on the I/O extension module (see the
manual of the I/O extension module). The hardware
setting is shown by parameter 114.44 AI2 HW switch
pos.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.46 AI2 filter gain (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
Selects a hardware filtering time for AI2.
See also parameter 114.47 AI2 filter time.
No filtering No filtering. 0
125 us 125 microseconds. 1
250 us 250 microseconds. 2
500 us 500 microseconds. 3
1 ms 1 millisecond. 4
2 ms 2 milliseconds. 5
4 ms 4 milliseconds. 6
7.9375 ms 7.9375 milliseconds. 7
76 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.47 AI2 filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI2.
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63 Filtered signal

t
T

O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal


interface hardware. See parameter 114.46 AI2 filter gain.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
114.48 AI2 min (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI2. V
-22.000 … 22.000 Minimum value of AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.49 AI2 max (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI2. or V
-22.000 … 22.000 Maximum value of AI2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min Defines the real value that corresponds to the minimum
analog input AI2 value defined by parameter 114.48 AI2
min.

AIscaled (114.42)

114.51

AIin (114.41)
114.48
114.49

114.50

-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to minimum AI2 value. 1=1


32767.000
114.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max Defines the real value that corresponds to the maximum
analog input AI2 value defined by parameter 114.49 AI2
max. See the drawing at parameter 114.50 AI2 scaled at
AI2 min.
-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to maximum AI2 value. 1=1
32767.000
Parameters 77

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.56 AI3 actual value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) -
Displays the value of analog input AI3 in mA or V
(depending on whether the input is set to current or
voltage).
This parameter is read-only.
-22.000 … 22.000 Value of analog input AI3. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.57 AI3 scaled value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) -
Displays the value of analog input AI3 after scaling. See
parameter 114.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min.
This parameter is read-only.
-32768.000 … Scaled value of analog input AI3. 1=1
32767.000
114.58 AI3 force data (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA
Forced value that can be used instead of the true
reading of the input. See parameter 114.22 AI force sel.
-22.000 … 22.000 Forced value of analog input AI3. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.59 AI3 HW switch pos (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) -
Shows the position of the hardware current/voltage
selector on the I/O extension module.
Note: The setting of the current/voltage selector must
match the unit selection made in parameter 114.60 AI3
unit selection.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.60 AI3 unit selection (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) mA
Selects the unit for readings and settings related to
analog input AI3.
Note: This setting must match the corresponding
hardware setting on the I/O extension module (see the
manual of the I/O extension module). The hardware
setting is shown by parameter 114.59 AI3 HW switch
pos.
V Volts. 2
mA Milliamperes. 10
114.61 AI3 filter gain (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) No filtering
Selects a hardware filtering time for AI3.
See also parameter 114.62 AI3 filter time.
No filtering No filtering. 0
125 us 125 microseconds. 1
250 us 250 microseconds. 2
500 us 500 microseconds. 3
1 ms 1 millisecond. 4
2 ms 2 milliseconds. 5
4 ms 4 milliseconds. 6
7.9375 ms 7.9375 milliseconds. 7
78 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.62 AI3 filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 0.100 s
Defines the filter time constant for analog input AI3.
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63 Filtered signal

t
T

O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

Note: The signal is also filtered due to the signal


interface hardware. See parameter 114.61 AI3 filter gain.
0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s
114.63 AI3 min (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA or
Defines the minimum value for analog input AI3. V
-22.000 … 22.000 Minimum value of AI3. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.64 AI3 max (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 10.000 mA
Defines the maximum value for analog input AI3. or V
-22.000 … 22.000 Maximum value of AI3. 1000 = 1 mA
mA or V or V
114.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 0.000
min Defines the real value that corresponds to the minimum
analog input AI3 value defined by parameter 114.63 AI3
min.

AIscaled (114.57)

114.66

AIin (114.56)
114.63
114.64

114.65

-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to minimum AI3 value. 1=1


32767.000
114.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11) 1500.0
max Defines the real value that corresponds to the maximum
analog input AI3 value defined by parameter 114.64 AI3
max. See the drawing at parameter 114.65 AI3 scaled at
AI3 min.
-32768.000 … Real value corresponding to maximum AI3 value. 1=1
32767.000
Parameters 79

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.71 AO force selection (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
The value of the analog output can be overridden for eg.
testing purposes. A forced value parameter (114.78 AO1
force data) is provided for the analog output, and its
value is applied whenever the corresponding bit in this
parameter is 1.

Bit Value
0 1 = Force AO1 to value of parameter 114.78 AO1 force data.
1…31 Reserved.

00000000h … Forced values selector for analog outputs. 1=1


FFFFFFFFh
114.76 AO1 actual value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of AO1 in mA.
This parameter is read-only.
0.000 … 22.000 Value of AO1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.77 AO1 source (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) Zero
Selects a signal to be connected to analog output AO1.
Alternatively, sets the output to excitation mode to feed
a constant current to a temperature sensor.
Zero None. 0
DC voltage 101.01 DC voltage 1
Line current 101.02 Line current 2
Other The value is taken from another parameter. -
114.78 AO1 force data (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
Forced value that can be used instead of the selected
output signal. See parameter 114.71 AO force selection.
0.000 … 22.000 Forced value of analog output AI1. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.79 AO1 filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
Defines the filtering time constant for analog output
AO1.
%
Unfiltered signal
100

63 Filtered signal

t
T
O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s


80 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.80 AO1 source min (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.0
Defines the real value of the signal (selected by
parameter 114.77 AO1 source) that corresponds to the
minimum AO1 output value (defined by parameter
114.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min).
IAO1 (mA)

114.83

114.82
114.80 114.81 Signal (real)
selected by par. 114.77
IAO1 (mA)

114.83

114.82

114.81 114.80 Signal (real)


selected by par. 114.77

-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to minimum AO1 output 1 = 1


32767.0 value.
114.81 AO1 source max (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
Defines the real value of the signal (selected by
parameter 114.77 AO1 source) that corresponds to the
maximum AO1 output value (defined by parameter
114.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max). See parameter 114.80
AO1 source min.
-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to maximum AO1 1=1
32767.0 output value.
114.82 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min Defines the minimum output value for analog output
AO1.
See also drawing at parameter 114.80 AO1 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Minimum AO1 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.83 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 20.000 mA
max Defines the maximum output value for analog output
AO1.
See also drawing at parameter 114.80 AO1 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Maximum AO1 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.86 AO2 actual value (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) -
Displays the value of AO2 in mA.
This parameter is read-only.
0.000 … 22.000 Value of AO2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
Parameters 81

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.87 AO2 source (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) Zero
Selects a signal to be connected to analog output AO2.
Alternatively, sets the output to excitation mode to feed
a constant current to a temperature sensor.
For the selections, see parameter 114.77 AO1 source.
114.88 AO2 force data (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
Forced value that can be used instead of the selected
output signal. See parameter 114.71 AO force selection.
0.000 … 22.000 Forced value of analog output AO2. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.89 AO2 filter time (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 0.100 s
Defines the filtering time constant for analog output
AO2.

%
Unfiltered signal
100

63
Filtered signal

t
T
O = I × (1 - e-t/T)

I = filter input (step)


O = filter output
t = time
T = filter time constant

0.000 … 30.000 s Filter time constant. 1000 = 1 s


82 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


114.90 AO2 source min (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 0.0
Defines the real value of the signal (selected by
parameter 114.87 AO2 source) that corresponds to the
minimum AO2 output value (defined by parameter
114.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min).
IAO2 (mA)

114.93

114.92

114.90 114.91
Signal (real)
selected by par. 114.87
IAO2 (mA)

114.93

114.92

114.91 114.90
Signal (real)
selected by par. 114.87

-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to minimum AO2 output 1 = 1


32767.0 value.
114.91 AO2 source max (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 100.0
Defines the real value of the signal (selected by
parameter 114.87 AO2 source) that corresponds to the
maximum AO2 output value (defined by parameter
114.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max). See parameter 114.90
AO2 source min.
-32768.0 … Real signal value corresponding to maximum AO2 1=1
32767.0 output value.
114.92 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min Defines the minimum output value for analog output
AO2.
See also drawing at parameter 114.90 AO2 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Minimum AO2 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
114.93 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
max Defines the maximum output value for analog output
AO2.
See also drawing at parameter 114.90 AO2 source min.
0.000 … 22.000 Maximum AO2 output value. 1000 = 1 mA
mA
115
115 Extension I/O Configuration of I/O extension module 2.
module 2 See also section Programmable I/O extensions (page
25).
Note: The contents of the parameter group vary
according to the selected I/O extension module type.
115.01 Module 2 type See parameter 114.01 Module 1 type. None
115.02 Module 2 location See parameter 114.02 Module 1 location. Slot 1
Parameters 83

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


115.03 Module 2 status See parameter 114.03 Module 1 status. No option
115.05 DI status (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.05 DI status.
115.05 DIO status (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.05 DIO status.
115.06 DI delayed status (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.06 DI delayed status.
115.06 DIO delayed status (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.06 DIO delayed status.
115.08 DI filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 10.0 ms
See parameter 114.08 DI filter time.
115.08 DIO filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 10.0 ms
See parameter 114.08 DIO filter time.
115.09 DIO1 configuration (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
See parameter 114.09 DIO1 configuration.
115.11 DIO1 output (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source See parameter 114.11 DIO1 output source. energized
115.12 DI1 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
115.12 DIO1 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.12 DIO1 ON delay.
115.13 DI1 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.13 DI1 OFF delay.
115.13 DIO1 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.13 DIO1 OFF delay.
115.14 DIO2 configuration (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
See parameter 114.14 DIO2 configuration.
115.16 DIO2 output (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source See parameter 114.16 DIO2 output source. energized
115.17 DI2 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.17 DI2 ON delay.
115.17 DIO2 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.17 DIO2 ON delay.
115.18 DI2 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.18 DI2 OFF delay.
115.18 DIO2 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.18 DIO2 OFF delay.
115.19 DIO3 configuration (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) Input
See parameter 114.19 DIO3 configuration.
115.19 AI supervision (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No action
function See parameter 114.19 AI supervision function.
115.20 AI supervision (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0000h
selection See parameter 114.20 AI supervision selection.
115.21 DIO3 output (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) Not
source See parameter 114.21 DIO3 output source. energized
115.22 DI3 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.22 DI3 ON delay.
115.22 DIO3 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.22 DIO3 ON delay.
115.22 AI force sel (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
See parameter 114.22 AI force sel.
84 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


115.23 DI3 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.23 DI3 OFF delay.
115.23 DIO3 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.23 DIO3 OFF delay.
115.24 DIO4 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) Input
configuration See parameter 114.24 DIO4 configuration.
115.26 DIO4 output (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) Not
source See parameter 114.26 DIO4 output source. energized
115.26 AI1 actual value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.26 AI1 actual value.
115.27 DIO4 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.27 DIO4 ON delay.
115.27 AI1 scaled value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.27 AI1 scaled value.
115.28 DIO4 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.28 DIO4 OFF delay.
115.28 AI1 force data (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.28 AI1 force data.
115.29 AI1 HW switch pos (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.29 AI1 HW switch pos.
115.30 AI1 unit selection (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
See parameter 114.30 AI1 unit selection.
115.31 RO status (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.31 RO status.
115.31 AI1 filter gain (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
See parameter 114.31 AI1 filter gain.
115.32 AI1 filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.040 s
See parameter 114.32 AI1 filter time.
115.33 AI1 min (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.33 AI1 min. V
115.34 RO1 source (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
See parameter 114.34 RO1 source. energized
115.34 AI1 max (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.34 AI1 max. or V
115.35 RO1 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.35 RO1 ON delay.
115.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min See parameter 114.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
115.36 RO1 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.36 RO1 OFF delay.
115.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 max.
115.37 RO2 source (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
See parameter 114.37 RO2 source. energized
115.38 RO2 ON delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.38 RO2 ON delay.
115.39 RO2 OFF delay (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.39 RO2 OFF delay.
115.41 AI2 actual value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.41 AI2 actual value.
115.42 AI2 scaled value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.42 AI2 scaled value.
Parameters 85

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


115.43 AI2 force data (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.43 AI2 force data.
115.44 AI2 HW switch pos (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.44 AI2 HW switch pos.
115.45 AI2 unit selection (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
See parameter 114.45 AI2 unit selection.
115.46 AI2 filter gain (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
See parameter 114.46 AI2 filter gain.
115.47 AI2 filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.47 AI2 filter time.
115.48 AI2 min (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.48 AI2 min. V
115.49 AI2 max (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.49 AI2 max. or V
115.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min See parameter 114.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min.
115.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 max.
115.56 AI3 actual value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.56 AI3 actual value.
115.57 AI3 scaled value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.57 AI3 scaled value.
115.58 AI3 force data (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.58 AI3 force data.
115.59 AI3 HW switch pos (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.59 AI3 HW switch pos.
115.60 AI3 unit selection (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) mA
See parameter 114.60 AI3 unit selection.
115.61 AI3 filter gain (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) No filtering
See parameter 114.61 AI3 filter gain.
115.62 AI3 filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.62 AI3 filter time.
115.63 AI3 min (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.63 AI3 min. V
115.64 AI3 max (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.64 AI3 max. or V
115.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 0.000
min See parameter 114.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min.
115.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 max.
115.71 AO force selection (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
See parameter 114.71 AO force selection.
115.76 AO1 actual value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.76 AO1 actual value.
115.77 AO1 source (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) Zero
See parameter 114.77 AO1 source.
115.78 AO1 force data (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.78 AO1 force data.
115.79 AO1 filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.79 AO1 filter time.
115.80 AO1 source min (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.0
See parameter 114.80 AO1 source min.
86 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


115.81 AO1 source max (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
See parameter 114.81 AO1 source max.
115.82 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min See parameter 114.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min.
115.83 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 20.000 mA
max See parameter 114.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max.
115.86 AO2 actual value (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.86 AO2 actual value.
115.87 AO2 source (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) Zero
See parameter 114.87 AO2 source.
115.88 AO2 force data (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.88 AO2 force data.
115.89 AO2 filter time (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.89 AO2 filter time.
115.90 AO2 source min (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 0.0
See parameter 114.90 AO2 source min.
115.91 AO2 source max (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 100.0
See parameter 114.91 AO2 source max.
115.92 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min See parameter 114.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min.
115.93 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
max See parameter 114.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max.
116
116 Extension I/O Configuration of I/O extension module 3.
module 3 See also section Programmable I/O extensions (page
25).
Note: The contents of the parameter group vary
according to the selected I/O extension module type.
116.01 Module 3 type See parameter 114.01 Module 1 type. None
116.02 Module 3 location See parameter 114.02 Module 1 location. Slot 1
116.03 Module 3 status See parameter 114.03 Module 1 status. No option
116.05 DI status (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.05 DI status.
116.05 DIO status (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.05 DIO status.
116.06 DI delayed status (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.06 DI delayed status.
116.06 DIO delayed status (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.06 DIO delayed status.
116.08 DI filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 10.0 ms
See parameter 114.08 DI filter time.
116.08 DIO filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 10.0 ms
See parameter 114.08 DIO filter time.
116.09 DIO1 configuration (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
See parameter 114.09 DIO1 configuration.
116.11 DIO1 output (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source See parameter 114.11 DIO1 output source. energized
116.12 DI1 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.12 DI1 ON delay.
116.12 DIO1 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.12 DIO1 ON delay.
116.13 DI1 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.13 DI1 OFF delay.
Parameters 87

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


116.13 DIO1 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.13 DIO1 OFF delay.
116.14 DIO2 configuration (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Input
See parameter 114.14 DIO2 configuration.
116.16 DIO2 output (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) Not
source See parameter 114.16 DIO2 output source. energized
116.17 DI2 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.17 DI2 ON delay.
116.17 DIO2 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.17 DIO2 ON delay.
116.18 DI2 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.18 DI2 OFF delay.
116.18 DIO2 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.18 DIO2 OFF delay.
116.19 DIO3 configuration (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) Input
See parameter 114.19 DIO3 configuration.
116.19 AI supervision (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No action
function See parameter 114.19 AI supervision function.
116.20 AI supervision (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0000h
selection See parameter 114.20 AI supervision selection.
116.21 DIO3 output (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) Not
source See parameter 114.21 DIO3 output source. energized
116.22 DI3 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.22 DI3 ON delay.
116.22 DIO3 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.22 DIO3 ON delay.
116.22 AI force sel (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
See parameter 114.22 AI force sel.
116.23 DI3 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01) 0.00 s
See parameter 114.23 DI3 OFF delay.
116.23 DIO3 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.23 DIO3 OFF delay.
116.24 DIO4 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) Input
configuration See parameter 114.24 DIO4 configuration.
116.26 DIO4 output (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) Not
source See parameter 114.26 DIO4 output source. energized
116.26 AI1 actual value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.26 AI1 actual value.
116.27 DIO4 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.27 DIO4 ON delay.
116.27 AI1 scaled value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.27 AI1 scaled value.
116.28 DIO4 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.28 DIO4 OFF delay.
116.28 AI1 force data (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.28 AI1 force data.
116.29 AI1 HW switch pos (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.29 AI1 HW switch pos.
116.30 AI1 unit selection (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
See parameter 114.30 AI1 unit selection.
88 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


116.31 RO status (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) -
See parameter 114.31 RO status.
116.31 AI1 filter gain (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
See parameter 114.31 AI1 filter gain.
116.32 AI1 filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.040 s
See parameter 114.32 AI1 filter time.
116.33 AI1 min (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.33 AI1 min. V
116.34 RO1 source (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
See parameter 114.34 RO1 source. energized
116.34 AI1 max (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.34 AI1 max. or V
116.35 RO1 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.35 RO1 ON delay.
116.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min See parameter 114.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min.
116.36 RO1 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.36 RO1 OFF delay.
116.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 max.
116.37 RO2 source (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) Not
See parameter 114.37 RO2 source. energized
116.38 RO2 ON delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.38 RO2 ON delay.
116.39 RO2 OFF delay (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01) 0.0 s
See parameter 114.39 RO2 OFF delay.
116.41 AI2 actual value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.41 AI2 actual value.
116.42 AI2 scaled value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.42 AI2 scaled value.
116.43 AI2 force data (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.43 AI2 force data.
116.44 AI2 HW switch pos (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.44 AI2 HW switch pos.
116.45 AI2 unit selection (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) mA
See parameter 114.45 AI2 unit selection.
116.46 AI2 filter gain (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) No filtering
See parameter 114.46 AI2 filter gain.
116.47 AI2 filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.47 AI2 filter time.
116.48 AI2 min (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.48 AI2 min. V
116.49 AI2 max (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.49 AI2 max. or V
116.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000
min See parameter 114.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min.
116.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 max.
116.56 AI3 actual value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.56 AI3 actual value.
116.57 AI3 scaled value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.57 AI3 scaled value.
Parameters 89

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


116.58 AI3 force data (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.58 AI3 force data.
116.59 AI3 HW switch pos (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) -
See parameter 114.59 AI3 HW switch pos.
116.60 AI3 unit selection (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) mA
See parameter 114.60 AI3 unit selection.
116.61 AI3 filter gain (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) No filtering
See parameter 114.61 AI3 filter gain.
116.62 AI3 filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.62 AI3 filter time.
116.63 AI3 min (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 0.000 mA or
See parameter 114.63 AI3 min. V
116.64 AI3 max (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 10.000 mA
See parameter 114.64 AI3 max. or V
116.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 0.000
min See parameter 114.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min.
116.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11) 1500.0
max See parameter 114.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 max.
116.71 AO force selection (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 00000000h
See parameter 114.71 AO force selection.
116.76 AO1 actual value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.76 AO1 actual value.
116.77 AO1 source (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) Zero
See parameter 114.77 AO1 source.
116.78 AO1 force data (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.78 AO1 force data.
116.79 AO1 filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.79 AO1 filter time.
116.80 AO1 source min (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.0
See parameter 114.80 AO1 source min.
116.81 AO1 source max (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 1500.0
See parameter 114.81 AO1 source max.
116.82 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min See parameter 114.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min.
116.83 AO1 out at AO1 src (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01) 20.000 mA
max See parameter 114.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max.
116.86 AO2 actual value (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) -
See parameter 114.86 AO2 actual value.
116.87 AO2 source (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) Zero
See parameter 114.87 AO2 source.
116.88 AO2 force data (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
See parameter 114.88 AO2 force data.
116.89 AO2 filter time (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 0.100 s
See parameter 114.89 AO2 filter time.
116.90 AO2 source min (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 0.0
See parameter 114.90 AO2 source min.
116.91 AO2 source max (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 100.0
See parameter 114.91 AO2 source max.
116.92 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 0.000 mA
min See parameter 114.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min.
116.93 AO2 out at AO2 src (Visible when 116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01) 10.000 mA
max See parameter 114.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max.
90 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


119
119 Operation mode Selection of external control location sources and
operating modes.
119.11 Ext1/Ext2 sel Selects the external control location EXT1/EXT2. EXT1
EXT1 EXT1 selected. 0
EXT2 EXT2 selected. 1
FBA A MCW bit 11 106.01 Main control word, bit 11 received through 2
fieldbus interface A.
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 8
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 12
delayed status, bit 1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
119.17 Local ctrl disable Enables/disables (or selects a source that No
enables/disables) local control.
WARNING! Before disabling local control,
ensure that the control panel is not needed for
stopping the supply unit.
No Local control enabled. 0
Yes Local control disabled. 1
120
120 Start/stop Start/stop and run/start enable signal source selection;
charging settings.
120.01 Ext1 commands Selects the source of start and stop commands for In1 Start
external control location 1 (EXT1).
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
converter is running.
Not sel No start or stop command sources selected. 0
In1 Start The source of the start and stop commands is selected 1
by parameter 120.03 Ext1 in1. The state transitions of
the source bit are interpreted as follows:
State of source
Command
(120.03)
0 -> 1 Start
1 -> 0 Stop
Parameters 91

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


In1P Start; In2 Stop The sources of the start and stop commands are 4
selected by parameters 120.03 Ext1 in1 and 120.04 Ext1
in2. The state transitions of the source bits are
interpreted as follows:

State of source 1 State of source 2


Command
(120.03) (120.04)
0 -> 1 1 Start
Any 1 -> 0 Stop
Any 0 Stop

Keypad The start and stop commands are taken from the 11
control panel (or PC connected to the control panel).
Fieldbus A The start and stop commands are taken from fieldbus 12
adapter A.
DDCS controller The start and stop commands are taken from an 16
external (DDCS) controller.
120.02 Ext1 start trigger Defines whether the start signal for external control Edge
location EXT1 is edge-triggered or level-triggered.
Note: In case the settings of parameters 120.01 and
120.02 are in conflict, the setting of parameter 120.01
takes preference.
Edge The start signal is edge-triggered. 0
Level The start signal is level-triggered. 1
120.03 Ext1 in1 Selects source 1 for external control location EXT1. See DI2
parameter 120.01 Ext1 commands.
Off 0. 0
On 1. 1
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 10
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input /output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
92 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


120.04 Ext1 in2 Selects source 2 for external control location EXT1. See DI2
parameter 120.01 Ext1 commands.
For the available selections, see parameter 120.03 Ext1
in1.
120.06 Ext2 commands Selects the source of start and stop commands for Not sel
external control location 2 (EXT2).
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
converter is running.
Not sel No start or stop command sources selected. 0
In1 Start The source of the start and stop commands is selected 1
by parameter 120.08 Ext2 in1. The state transitions of
the source bit are interpreted as follows:

State of source
Command
(120.08)
0 -> 1 Start
1 -> 0 Stop

In1P Start; In2 Stop The sources of the start and stop commands are 4
selected by parameters 120.08 Ext2 in1 and 120.09 Ext2
in2. The state transitions of the source bits are
interpreted as follows:

State of source 1 State of source 2


Command
(120.08) (120.09)
-
0 >1 1 Start
Any 1 -> 0 Stop
Any 0 Stop

Keypad The start and stop commands are taken from the 11
control panel (or PC connected to the control panel).
Fieldbus A The start and stop commands are taken from fieldbus 12
adapter A.
DDCS controller The start and stop commands are taken from an 16
external (DDCS) controller.
120.07 Ext2 start trigger Defines whether the start signal for external control Edge
location EXT2 is edge-triggered or level-triggered.
Note: In case the settings of parameters 120.06 and
120.07 are in conflict, the setting of parameter 120.06
takes preference.
Edge The start signal is edge-triggered. 0
Level The start signal is level-triggered. 1
120.08 Ext2 in1 Selects source 1 for external control location EXT2. See Off
parameter 120.06 Ext2 commands.
For the available selections, see parameter 120.03 Ext1
in1.
120.09 Ext2 in2 Selects source 2 for external control location EXT2. See Off
parameter 120.06 Ext2 commands.
For the available selections, see parameter 120.03 Ext1
in1.
120.12 Run enable 1 Selects the source of the external run enable signal. If DI2
the run enable signal is switched off, the supply unit will
not start, or stops if running.
1 = Run enable.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
converter is running.
Parameters 93

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Off 0. 0
On 1. 1
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 10
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 1).
DIIL DIIL input (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15). 33
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
120.19 Enable start signal Selects the source for the start enable signal. On
1 = Start enable.
With the signal switched off, the converter will not start.
(Switching the signal off while the converter is running
will not stop it.)
Off 0. 0
On 1. 1
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 10
delayed status, bit 0).
94 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 1).
DIIL DIIL input (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15). 30
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
120.21 Delay for MCB DI3 Start and stop delay for supervision of main circuit 1.00 s
supervision breaker DI3 feedback. After the delay a fault is given in
start and stop states if the command and the feedback
do not match.
0.00 … 8.00 s Start and stop delay for supervision. 100 = 1 s
120.23 Max DC charging Defines the maximum charging time for the charging 3.00 s
time function.
0.00 … 10.00 s Maximum charging time 100 = 1 s
120.25 MCB closing level Defines the DC link voltage level for the charging 80%
function. When the measured DC link voltage exceeds
the level, the main contactor/breaker can be closed.
20 … 100% Intermediate circuit DC voltage level in percent of the 1 = 1%
nominal
120.26 Maximum dU/dt Defines the maximum DC link voltage change rate 50 V/s
(dU/dt) for the charging function. When the change rate
falls below this maximum change rate limit, the control
program can close the main contactor/breaker. The
change rate is measured in 10 ms sample interval.
0 … 200 V/s Maximum dU/dt change 1 = 1 V/s
120.27 Start delay Defines the start delay that delay the setting of the 0.65 s
charged state after the main circuit breaker has closed.
Without charged state the start command is blocked
from the modulator.
0.00 … 10.00 s Start delay. 100 = 1 s
120.28 MCB relay timing Defines a contactor change-over delay time for the -0.20 s
charging function. This is the delay between switching
of the charging contactor and switching on the main
contactor/breaker. The value can be positive or
negative. The negative value defines the time when both
contactors are closed. State ‘charged’ is set after
charging contactor has opened and possible start delay
parameter time has ended.
-6.00 … 6.00 s Delay between charging contactor opening and main 100 = 1 s
circuit contactor closing.
120.30 External charge Enables the external charging function. No
enable
No External charging disabled. 0
Yes External charging enabled. 1
120.45 Charging counter Disables charging counter. The charging counter can be No
disable disabled in case the supply unit is equipped with
resistors that can withstand unlimited amount of
charging cycles.
No Enables charging counter. 0
Yes Disables charging counter. 1
120.50 Charging overload Selects the event type for external charging overload Fault
event sel event.
Fault The supply unit trips on fault 3E09 Charging count when 0
started and stopped three times within 5 minutes.
Parameters 95

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Warning The supply unit generates warning AE85 Charging count 1
when started and stopped two times within 5 minutes.
When the warning appears, it is not possible to run the
drive anymore.
No action No action taken. 2
120.60 DC voltage Defines the unscaled external DC voltage measurement 0.00
external unscaled received from the DDCS interface. For example when
parameter 162.51 Data set 10 data 1 selection is set to
External DC meas signal. Use this as the DC voltage
measurement source by setting the parameter 195.40
DC voltage source to External measurement signal.
0.00…65535.00 Unscaled external DC voltage measurement.
120.61 External DC Defines the scaling coefficient for the external DC 0.10
voltage scale voltage measurement.
-100.00…100.00 Scaling coefficient for the external DC voltage
measurement.
121
121 Start/stop mode Start and stop modes; emergency stop mode and signal
source selection.
121.04 Emergency stop Selects the way the diode supply unit is stopped when Stop and
mode an emergency stop command is received. The source of warning
the emergency stop signal is selected with parameter
121.05 Emergency stop source.
Stop and warning Stop the diode supply unit and show emergency stop 0
warning.
Warning Show emergency stop warning but do not stop the 1
diode supply unit.
Fault Stop the diode supply unit and create an emergency 2
stop fault.
121.05 Emergency stop Selects the source of the emergency stop signal. Inactive
source 0 = Emergency stop active (true)
1 = Normal operation
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
supply unit is running.
If a cabinet-installed multidrive, ACS880-307, has an
emergency stop option (+Q951/+Q952/+Q963/+Q964),
this parameter has been set to DIIL at the factory.
Active (false) 0. 0
Inactive (true) 1. 1
DIIL DIIL input (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15). 2
DI1 Digital input DI1 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 0). 3
DI2 Digital input DI2 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 1). 4
DI3 Digital input DI3 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 2). 5
DI4 Digital input DI4 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 3). 6
DI5 Digital input DI5 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 4). 7
DI6 Digital input DI6 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 5). 8
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit 11
0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit 12
1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
96 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


131
131 Fault functions Settings that define the behavior of the supply unit
upon fault situations.
131.01 External event 1 Defines the source of external event 1. See also Inactive
source parameter 131.02 External event 1 type. (true)
Active (false) 0 0
Inactive (true) 1 1
DIIL Digital input DIIL (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 15).
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 8
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 12
delayed status, bit 1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.02 External event 1 Selects the type of external event 1. Fault
type
Fault The external event generates a fault. 0
Warning The external event generates a warning. 1
Warning/Fault If the diode supply unit is running, the external event 3
generates a fault. Otherwise, the event generates a
warning.
131.03 External event 2 Defines the source of external event 2. See also Inactive
source parameter 131.04 External event 2 type. (true)
For the selections, see parameter 131.01 External event 1
source.
131.04 External event 2 Selects the type of external event 2. Fault
type
Fault The external event generates a fault. 0
Warning The external event generates a warning. 1
Warning/Fault If the diode supply unit is running, the external event 3
generates a fault. Otherwise, the event generates a
warning.
131.05 External event 3 Defines the source of external event 3. See also Inactive
source parameter 131.06 External event 3 type. (true)
For the selections, see parameter 131.01 External event 1
source.
Parameters 97

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


131.06 External event 3 Selects the type of external event 3. Fault
type
Fault The external event generates a fault. 0
Warning The external event generates a warning. 1
Warning/Fault If the diode supply unit is running, the external event 3
generates a fault. Otherwise, the event generates a
warning.
131.07 External event 4 Defines the source of external event 4. See also Inactive
source parameter 131.08 External event 4 type. (true)
For the selections, see parameter 131.01 External event 1
source.
131.08 External event 4 Selects the type of external event 4. Fault
type
Fault The external event generates a fault. 0
Warning The external event generates a warning. 1
Warning/Fault If the diode supply unit is running, the external event 3
generates a fault. Otherwise, the event generates a
warning.
131.09 External event 5 Defines the source of external event 5. See also Inactive
source parameter 131.10 External event 5 type. (true)
For the selections, see parameter 131.01 External event 1
source.
131.10 External event 5 Selects the type of external event 5. Fault
type
Fault The external event generates a fault. 0
Warning The external event generates a warning. 1
Warning/Fault If the diode supply unit is running, the external event 3
generates a fault. Otherwise, the event generates a
warning.
131.11 Fault reset Selects the source of an external fault reset signal. The DI6
selection signal resets the supply unit after a fault trip if the cause
of the fault no longer exists.
0 -> 1 = Reset
Note: A fault reset from the fieldbus interface is always
observed regardless of this parameter.
Not selected 0. 0
Selected 1. 1
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 4).
98 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 10
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 1).
FBA A MCW bit 7 Control word bit 7 received through fieldbus interface A. 30
FBA B MCW bit 7 Control word bit 7 received through fieldbus interface B. 31
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.12 Autoreset Selects faults that are automatically reset. The 0000h
selection parameter is a 16-bit word with each bit corresponding
to a fault type. Whenever a bit is set to 1, the
corresponding fault is automatically reset.
Note: The autoreset function is available in external
control only.
WARNING! The supply unit starts automatically
after the autoreset if Start, Run enable and
Start enable signals are on and the control
program detects no fault. Before you activate the
function, make sure that no dangerous situations can
occur. The function resets the supply unit automatically
and continues operation after a fault. If you select an
external source for the start command and it is on, the
supply unit will start immediately after fault reset.
The bits of the binary number correspond to the
following faults:

Bit Fault
0 Overcurrent (2E00 Overcurrent)
1 Overvoltage (3E04 DC link overvoltage)
2 Undervoltage (3E05 DC link undervoltage)
3…9 Reserved
10 User fault (selected by parameter 131.13 User selectable fault)
11 External fault 1 (from source selected by parameter 131.01 External event 1
source)
12 External fault 2 (from source selected by parameter 131.03 External event 2
source)
13 External fault 3 (from source selected by parameter 131.05 External event 3
source)
14 External fault 4 (from source selected by parameter 131.07 External event 4
source)
15 External fault 5 (from source selected by parameter 131.09 External event 5
source)

0000h…FFFFh Automatic reset configuration word. 1=1


131.13 User selectable Defines the fault that can be automatically reset using 0000h
fault parameter 131.12 Autoreset selection, bit 10.
The faults are listed in chapter Fault tracing.
0000h…FFFFh Fault code. See chapter Fault tracing. -
131.14 Number of trials Defines the number of automatic fault resets the supply 0
unit performs within the time defined by parameter
131.15 Total trials time.
0…5 Number of automatic resets. -
Parameters 99

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


131.15 Total trials time Defines the time for the automatic reset function. See 30
parameter 131.14 Number of trials.
1.0 … 600.0 s Time for automatic resets. 10 = 1 s
131.16 Delay time Defines the time that the supply unit will wait after a 0.0 s
fault before attempting an automatic reset. See
parameter 131.12 Autoreset selection.
0.0 … 120.0 s Autoreset delay. 10 = 1 s
131.28 Ext earth leakage Defines the source of earth leakage fault indication. Inactive
signal source Signal value is decoded as follows: (true)
0 = Earth leakage fault
1 = No earth leakage fault.
Active (false) 0. Earth leakage fault 0
Inactive (true) 1. No earth leakage fault 1
DIIL Digital input DIIL (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 15).
DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 8
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 12
delayed status, bit 1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.29 Ext earth leakage Selects how the diode supply unit reacts when an Fault
action external earth leakage is detected.
Warning The diode supply unit generates a warning AE87 Ext 0
earth leakage.
Fault The diode supply unit trips on a fault 2E08 Ext earth 1
leakage.
131.32 Aux circuit breaker Defines the source for fault 5E13 Auxiliary circuit breaker DI4
fault source fault.
0 = Fault
1 = No fault
Active (false) Auxiliary circuit breaker fault 0
Inactive (true) No auxiliary circuit breaker fault 1
DIIL Digital input DIIL (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 2
status, bit 15).
100 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


DI1 Digital input DI1 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 3
status, bit 0).
Note: DI1 is reserved for temperature fault in the control
program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI2 Digital input DI2 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 4
status, bit 1).
DI3 Digital input DI3 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 5
status, bit 2).
Note: DI3 is reserved for main breaker/contactor fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI4 Digital input DI4 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 6
status, bit 3).
Note: DI4 is reserved for auxiliary circuit breaker fault in
the control program. Do not select it for any other use.
DI5 Digital input DI5 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 7
status, bit 4).
DI6 Digital input DI6 (as indicated by 110.02 DI delayed 8
status bit 5).
DIO1 Digital input/output DIO1 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 11
delayed status, bit 0).
DIO2 Digital input/output DIO2 (as indicated by 111.02 DIO 12
delayed status, bit 1).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.33 Cabinet Activates/inactivates the monitoring for the cabinet DI1
temperature fault thermal switch, and defines the source for the
source monitored signal. If the monitoring detects an
overtemperature, it trips the supply unit to fault 4E06
Cabinet temperature fault.
Status of the monitored signal and implication:
1 = Temperature is normal -> no fault
0 = Overtemperature -> fault trip
Active (false) Monitoring function is active. 0
Inactive (true) Monitoring function is inactive. 1
DIIL Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 2
indication through DIIL (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15).
DI1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 3
indication through DI1 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 0).
DI2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 4
indication through DI2 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 1).
DI3 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 5
indication through DI3 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 2).
DI4 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 6
indication through DI4 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 3).
DI5 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 7
indication through DI5 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 4).
DI6 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 8
indication through DI6 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 5).
DIO1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 11
indication through DIO1 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
0).
DIO2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 12
indication through DIO2 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
1).
Parameters 101

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.34 Cabinet Selects whether there is a delay in monitoring the When
temperature parameter 131.33 Cabinet temperature fault source. If modulating
supervision this parameter is set to When modulating, the
monitoring is started after the modulation has started.
Otherwise there is no delay for the monitoring.
Always There is no delay for the monitoring. 0
When modulating Cabinet temperature monitoring is started after the 1
modulation has started.
131.35 Main fan fault Air-cooled units only: Selects how the supply unit reacts Warning
function when a main cooling fan fault is detected.
Fault The supply unit trips on fault 5E00 Fan. 0
Warning The supply unit generates an AE73 Fan warning. 1
No action No action taken. 2
131.38 Fuse trip fault Activates/inactivates the monitoring for the fuse trip, Inactive
source and defines the source for the monitored signal. If the (true)
monitoring detects a fuse trip, the supply unit trips to
fault 5E1A Fuse trip.
Status of the monitored signal and implication:
1 = No fault
0 = Fault.
Active (false) Monitoring function is active. 0
Inactive (true) Monitoring function is inactive. 1
DIIL Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 2
indication through DIIL (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15).
DI1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 3
indication through DI1 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 0).
DI2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 4
indication through DI2 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 1).
DI3 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 5
indication through DI3 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 2).
DI4 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 6
indication through DI4 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 3).
DI5 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 7
indication through DI5 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 4).
DI6 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 8
indication through DI6 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 5).
DIO1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 11
indication through DIO1 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
0).
DIO2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 12
indication through DIO2 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
1).
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.39 Brake chopper Activates/inactivates the monitoring for the brake Inactive
fault source chopper fault, and defines the source for the monitored (true)
signal. If the monitoring detects a brake chopper fault,
the supply unit trips to fault 5EA1 SoC overtemperature.
Monitoring is active only when the supply unit is
running.
Status of the monitored signal and implication:
1 = No fault
0 = Fault.
102 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Active (false) Monitoring function is active. 0
Inactive (true) Monitoring function is inactive. 1
DIIL Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 2
indication through DIIL (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 15).
DI1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 3
indication through DI1 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 0).
DI2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 4
indication through DI2 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 1).
DI3 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 5
indication through DI3 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 2).
DI4 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 6
indication through DI4 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 3).
DI5 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 7
indication through DI5 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 4).
DI6 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 8
indication through DI6 (110.02 DI delayed status, bit 5).
DIO1 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 11
indication through DIO1 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
0).
DIO2 Monitoring function is active and it reads the status 12
indication through DIO2 (111.02 DIO delayed status, bit
1).
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
131.40 Disable warning Selects warnings to be suppressed. The parameter is a 0000b
messages 16-bit word with each bit corresponding to a warning.
Whenever a bit is set to 1, the corresponding warning is
suppressed.
The bits of this binary number correspond to the
following warnings:

Bit Name
0 Reserved.
1 Phase order
2 Reserved.
3 Reserved.
4 CU (Control unit) battery
5…6 Reserved.
7 Default pass code
8…15 Reserved.

0000h…FFFFh Warning suppression word. 1=1


131.55 Ext I/O comm loss Selects how the supply unit reacts when the Fault
event communication to an I/O extension module fails.
No action No action taken. 0
Warning The supply unit generates warning. 1
Fault The supply unit trips on fault 7E10 Ext I/O comm loss. 2
Parameters 103

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


133
133 Generic timer & Configuration of maintenance timers/counters.
counter See also section Maintenance timers and counters (page
30).
133.01 Counter status Displays the maintenance timer/counter status word, -
indicating which maintenance timers/counters have
exceeded their limits.
This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Ontime1 1 = On-time timer 1 has reached its preset limit.
1 Ontime2 1 = On-time timer 2 has reached its preset limit.
2 Edge1 1 = Signal edge counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
3 Edge2 1 = Signal edge counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
4 Value1 1 = Value counter 1 has reached its preset limit.
5 Value2 1 = Value counter 2 has reached its preset limit.
6…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Maintenance time/counter status word. 1=1


133.10 On-time 1 act Reading of on-time timer 1. Can be reset from the Drive -
composer PC tool, or from the control panel by keeping
Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
0 … 4294967295 s Reading of on-time timer 1. 1=1s
133.11 On-time 1 limit Sets the warning limit for on-time timer 1. 0s
0 … 4294967295 s Warning limit for on-time counter 1. 1=1s
133.12 On-time 1 func Configures on-time timer 1. This timer runs whenever 00b
the signal selected by parameter 133.13 On-time 1 src is
on.
After the limit set by 133.11 On-time 1 limit is reached,
the warning specified by 133.14 On-time 1 warn sel is
given (if enabled by this parameter), and the timer reset.
The current value of the timer is readable from
parameter 133.10 On-time 1 act. Bit 0 of 133.01 Counter
status indicates that the time has exceeded the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh On-time timer 1 configuration word. 1=1


133.13 On-time 1 src Selects the signal to be monitored by on-time timer 1. False
False Constant 0. 0
True Constant 1. 1
RO1 Bit 0 of 110.21 RO status (page 55). 2
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.14 On-time 1 warn sel Selects the warning message for on-time timer 1. On-time 1
On-time 1 AE45 On-time 1. 0
Device clean AE4B Device clean warning. 6
Add cool fan AE4F Additional cooling fan warning. 7
104 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Cabinet fan AE4D Cabinet fan warning. 8
DC-capacitor AE4C DC capacitor warning. 9
133.20 On-time 2 act Reading of on-time timer 2. Can be reset from the Drive -
composer PC tool, or from the control panel by keeping
Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
0 … 4294967295 s Reading of on-time timer 2. 1=1s
133.21 On-time 2 limit Sets the warning limit for on-time timer 2. 0s
0 … 4294967295 s Warning limit for on-time counter 2. 1=1s
133.22 On-time 2 func Configures on-time timer 2. This timer runs whenever 00b
the signal selected by parameter 133.23 On-time 2 src is
on.
After the limit set by 133.21 On-time 2 limit is reached,
the warning specified by 133.24 On-time 2 warn sel is
given (if enabled by this parameter), and the timer reset.
The current value of the timer is readable from
parameter 133.20 On-time 2 act. Bit 1 of 133.01 Counter
status indicates that the time has exceeded the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh On-time timer 2 configuration word. 1=1


133.23 On-time 2 src Selects the signal to be monitored by on-time timer 2. False
False Constant 0. 0
True Constant 1. 1
RO1 Bit 0 of 110.21 RO status (page 55). 2
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.24 On-time 2 warn sel Selects the warning message for on-time timer 2. On-time 2
On-time 2 AE46 On-time 2. 1
Device clean AE4B Device clean warning. 6
Add cool fan AE4F Additional cooling fan warning. 7
Cabinet fan AE4D Cabinet fan warning. 8
DC-capacitor AE4C DC capacitor warning. 9
133.30 Edge count 1 act Reading of signal edge counter 1. Can be reset from the -
Drive composer PC tool, or from the control panel by
keeping Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
0…4294967295 Reading of signal edge counter 1. 1=1
133.31 Edge count 1 limit Sets the warning limit for signal edge counter 1. 0
0…4294967295 Warning limit for signal edge counter 1. 1=1
Parameters 105

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


133.32 Edge count 1 func Configures signal edge counter 1. This counter is 0000b
incremented every time the signal selected by
parameter 133.33 Edge count 1 src switches on or off (or
either, depending on the setting of this parameter). A
divisor may be applied to the count (see 133.34 Edge
count 1 div).
After the limit set by 133.31 Edge count 1 limit is reached,
the warning specified by 133.35 Edge count 1 warn sel is
given (if enabled by this parameter), and the counter
reset.
The current value of the counter is readable from
parameter 133.30 Edge count 1 act. Bit 2 of 133.01
Counter status indicates that the count has exceeded
the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2 Count rising edge
0 = Disable: Rising edges are not counted
1 = Enable: Rising edges are counted
3 Count falling edge
0 = Disable: Falling edges are not counted
1 = Enable: Falling edges are counted
4…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Edge counter 1 configuration word. 1=1


133.33 Edge count 1 src Selects the signal to be monitored by signal edge False
counter 1.
False Constant 0. 0
True Constant 1. 1
RO1 Bit 0 of 110.21 RO status (page 55). 2
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.34 Edge count 1 div Divisor for signal edge counter 1. Determines how many 1
signal edges increment the counter by 1.
1…4294967295 Divisor for signal edge counter 1. 1= 1
133.35 Edge count 1 warn Selects the warning message for signal edge counter 1. Edge count 1
sel
Edge count 1 AE47 Edge counter 1. 2
Main contactor AE43 Main contactor warning. 11
Output relay AE40 Output relay warning. 12
Supply unit starts AE41 Supply unit starts warning. 13
Power ups AE42 Power ups warning. 14
DC-charge AE44 DC charge warning. 15
133.40 Edge count 2 act Reading of signal edge counter 2. Can be reset from the -
Drive composer PC tool, or from the control panel by
keeping Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
0…4294967295 Reading of signal edge counter 2. 1=1
133.41 Edge count 2 limit Sets the warning limit for signal edge counter 2. 0
0…4294967295 Warning limit for signal edge counter 2. 1=1
106 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


133.42 Edge count 2 func Configures signal edge counter 2. This counter is 0000b
incremented every time the signal selected by
parameter 133.43 Edge count 2 src switches on or off (or
either, depending on the setting of this parameter). A
divisor may be applied to the count (see 133.44 Edge
count 2 div).
After the limit set by 133.41 Edge count 2 limit is
reached, the warning specified by 133.45 Edge count 2
warn sel is given (if enabled by this parameter), and the
counter reset.
The current value of the counter is readable from
parameter 133.40 Edge count 2 act. Bit 3 of 133.01
Counter status indicates that the count has exceeded
the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2 Count rising edge
0 = Disable: Rising edges are not counted
1 = Enable: Rising edges are counted
3 Count falling edge
0 = Disable: Falling edges are not counted
1 = Enable: Falling edges are counted
4…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Edge counter 2 configuration word. 1=1


133.43 Edge count 2 src Selects the signal to be monitored by signal edge False
counter 2.
False 0. 0
True 1. 1
RO1 Bit 0 of 110.21 RO status (page 55). 2
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.44 Edge count 2 div Divisor for signal edge counter 2. Determines how many 1
signal edges increment the counter by 1.
1…4294967295 Divisor for signal edge counter 2. 1=1
133.45 Edge count 2 warn Selects the warning message for signal edge counter 2. Edge
sel count 2
Edge count 2 AE48 Edge counter 2. 3
Main contactor AE43 Main contactor warning. 11
Output relay AE40 Output relay warning. 12
Supply unit starts AE41 Supply unit starts warning. 13
Power ups AE42 Power ups warning. 14
DC-charge AE44 DC charge warning. 15
133.50 Value count 1 act Reading of value counter 1. Can be reset from the Drive -
composer PC tool, or from the control panel by keeping
Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
-2147483008 … Reading of value counter 1. 1=1
2147483008
Parameters 107

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


133.51 Value count 1 limit Sets the warning limit for value counter 1. 0
-2147483008 … Warning limit for value counter 1. 1=1
2147483008
133.52 Value count 1 func Configures value counter 1. The counter calculates its 0000b
actual value (133.53) by integrating the monitored value
(133.xx) with respect to time. A divisor may be applied to
the count (see 133.54 Value count 1 div).
When the actual value exceeds the limit set by
parameter 133.51 Value count 1 limit, the warning
specified by 133.55 Value count 1 warn sel is given (if
enabled by this parameter).
The signal is sampled at 1-second intervals. Note that
the scaled (see the “Def/FbEq16” column at the signal in
question) value is used.
The current value of the counter is readable from
parameter 133.50 Value count 1 act. Bit 4 of 133.01
Counter status indicates that the count has exceeded
the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Value counter 1 configuration word. 1=1


133.53 Value count 1 src Selects the signal to be monitored by value counter 1. Not selected
Not selected None. 0
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.54 Value count 1 div Divisor for value counter 1. The value of the monitored 1.000
signal is divided by this value before integration.
0.001 … Divisor for value counter 1. 1=1
2147483.000
133.55 Value count 1 warn Selects the warning message for value counter 1. Value 1
sel
Value 1 AE49 Value counter 1. 4
133.60 Value count 2 act Reading of value counter 2. Can be reset from the Drive -
composer PC tool, or from the control panel by keeping
Reset depressed for over 3 seconds.
-2147483008 … Reading of value counter 2. 1=1
2147483008
133.61 Value count 2 limit Sets the warning limit for value counter 2. 0
-2147483008 … Warning limit for value counter 2. 1=1
2147483008
108 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


133.62 Value count 2 func Configures value counter 2. he counter calculates its 0000b
actual value (133.63) by integrating the monitored value
(133.xx) with respect to time. A divisor may be applied to
the count (see 133.64 Value count 2 div).
When the actual value exceeds the limit set by
parameter 133.61 Value count 2 limit, the warning
specified by 133.65 Value count 2 warn sel is given (if
enabled by this parameter).
The signal is sampled at 1-second intervals. Note that
the scaled (see the “FbEq” column at the signal in
question) value is used.
The current value of the counter is readable from
parameter 133.60 Value count 2 act. Bit 5 of 133.01
Counter status indicates that the count has exceeded
the limit.

Bit Function
0 Counter mode
0 = Loop: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active only for 10 seconds
1 = Saturate: If warning is enabled by bit 1, it stays active until reset
1 Warning enable
0 = Disable: No warning is given when the limit is reached
1 = Enable: A warning is given when the limit is reached
2…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Value counter 2 configuration word. 1=1


133.63 Value count 2 src Selects the signal to be monitored by value counter 2. Not selected
Not selected None. 0
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
133.64 Value count 2 div Divisor for value counter 2. The value of the monitored 1.000
signal is divided by this value before integration.
0.001 … Divisor for value counter 1. 1=1
2147483.000
133.65 Value count 2 warn Selects the warning message for value counter 2. Value 2
sel
Value 2 AE4A Value counter 2. 5
136
136 Load analyzer Peak value and amplitude logger settings.
See also section Load analyzer (page 31).
136.01 PVL signal source Selects the signal to be monitored by the peak value DxT
logger. modules:
The signal is filtered using the filtering time specified by Line current
parameter 136.02 PVL filter time.
The peak value is stored, along with other pre-selected
signals at the time, into parameters 136.10…136.15.
The peak value logger can be reset using parameter
136.09 Reset loggers. The date and time of the last reset
are stored into parameters 136.16 and 136.17
respectively.
Not selected None (peak value logger disabled). 0
DC voltage DC voltage, 101.01 DC voltage 1
Grid voltage DxT modules only: Grid voltage, 101.09 Grid voltage 2
Power DxT modules only: Power, 101.12 Power 3
Line current DxT modules only: Line current, 101.02 Line current 4
Line current % DxT modules only: Line current %, 101.03 Line current % 5
Parameters 109

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Power % DxT modules only: Power %, 101.13 Power % 6
Converter DxT modules only: Converter temperature %, 105.11 7
temperature % Converter temperature %
Ambient DxT modules only: 101.70 Ambient temperature percent 14
temperature (page 44).
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
136.02 PVL filter time Peak value logger filtering time. See parameter 136.01 2.00 s
PVL signal source.
0.00 … 120.00 s Peak value logger filtering time. 100 = 1 s
136.06 AL2 signal source Selects the signal to be monitored by amplitude logger DxT
2. The signal is sampled at 200 ms intervals. modules:
The results are displayed by parameters 136.40…136.49. Ambient
Each parameter represents an amplitude range, and temperature
shows what portion of the samples fall within that
range.
The signal value corresponding to 100% is defined by
parameter 136.07 AL2 signal scaling.
Amplitude logger 2 can be reset using parameter 136.09
Reset loggers. The date and time of the last reset are
stored into parameters 136.50 and 136.51 respectively.
For the selections, see parameter 136.01 PVL signal
source.
136.07 AL2 signal scaling Defines the signal value that corresponds to 100% 100.00
amplitude.
0.00 … 32767.00 Signal value corresponding to 100%. 1=1
136.09 Reset loggers Resets the peak value logger and/or amplitude logger 2. Done
(Amplitude logger 1 cannot be reset.)
Done Reset completed or not requested (normal operation). 0
All Reset both the peak value logger and amplitude logger 1
2.
PVL Reset the peak value logger. 2
AL2 Reset amplitude logger 2. 3
136.10 PVL peak value Peak value recorded by the peak value logger. 0.00
-32768.00 … Peak value. 1=1
32767.00
136.11 PVL peak date The date on which the peak value was recorded. -
- Peak occurrence date. -
136.12 PVL peak time The time at which the peak value was recorded. -
- Peak occurrence time. -
136.13 PVL current at Line current at the moment the peak value was 0.00 A
peak recorded.
-32768.00 … Line current at peak. 1=1A
32767.00 A
136.14 PVL DC voltage at Voltage in the intermediate DC circuit at the moment 0.00 V
peak the peak value was recorded.
0.00 … 2000.00 V DC voltage at peak. 10 = 1 V
136.15 PVL power at peak Power at the moment the peak value was recorded. See 0.0 kW
parameter 101.12 Power.
-32768.0… Power at peak.
32767.0 kW
136.16 PVL reset date The date on which the peak value logger was last reset. -
- Last reset date of the peak value logger. -
110 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


136.17 PVL reset time The time at which the peak value logger was last reset. -
- Last reset time of the peak value logger. -
136.20 AL1 below 10% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 0 and 10%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 0 and 10%. 1 = 1%
136.21 AL1 10 to 20% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 10 and 20%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 10 and 20%. 1 = 1%
136.22 AL1 20 to 30% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 20 and 30%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 20 and 30%. 1 = 1%
136.23 AL1 30 to 40% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 30 and 40%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 30 and 40%. 1 = 1%
136.24 AL1 40 to 50% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 40 and 50%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 40 and 50%. 1 = 1%
136.25 AL1 50 to 60% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 50 and 60%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 50 and 60%. 1 = 1%
136.26 AL1 60 to 70% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 60 and 70%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 60 and 70%. 1 = 1%
136.27 AL1 70 to 80% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 70 and 80%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 70 and 80%. 1 = 1%
136.28 AL1 80 to 90% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that fall between 80 and 90%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples between 80 and 90%. 1 = 1%
136.29 AL1 over 90% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 1 0.00%
that exceed 90%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 1 samples over 90%. 1 = 1%
136.40 AL2 below 10% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 0 and 10%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 0 and 10%. 1 = 1%
136.41 AL2 10 to 20% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 10 and 20%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 10 and 20%. 1 = 1%
136.42 AL2 20 to 30% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 20 and 30%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 20 and 30%. 1 = 1%
136.43 AL2 30 to 40% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 30 and 40%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 30 and 40%. 1 = 1%
136.44 AL2 40 to 50% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 40 and 50%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 40 and 50%. 1 = 1%
136.45 AL2 50 to 60% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 50 and 60%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 50 and 60%. 1 = 1%
Parameters 111

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


136.46 AL2 60 to 70% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 60 and 70%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 60 and 70%. 1 = 1%
136.47 AL2 70 to 80% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 70 and 80%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 70 and 80%. 1 = 1%
136.48 AL2 80 to 90% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that fall between 80 and 90%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples between 80 and 90%. 1 = 1%
136.49 AL2 over 90% Percentage of samples recorded by amplitude logger 2 0.00%
that exceed 90%.
0.00 … 100.00% Amplitude logger 2 samples over 90%. 1 = 1%
136.50 AL2 reset date The date on which amplitude logger 2 was last reset. -
- Last reset date of amplitude logger 2. -
136.51 AL2 reset time The time at which amplitude logger 2 was last reset. -
- Last reset time of amplitude logger 2. -
147
147 Data storage Parameters that can be written to and read from by
using source and target settings of other parameters.
Note that there are different storage parameters for
different data types.
See section Data storage parameters on page 28.
147.01 Data storage 1 Data storage parameter 1. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.02 Data storage 2 Data storage parameter 2. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.03 Data storage 3 Data storage parameter 3. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.04 Data storage 4 Data storage parameter 4. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.05 Data storage 5 Data storage parameter 5. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.06 Data storage 6 Data storage parameter 6. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.07 Data storage 7 Data storage parameter 7. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
147.08 Data storage 8 Data storage parameter 8. 0.000
real32
-32768.000… 32-bit data. -
32767.000
112 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


147.11 Data storage 1 Data storage parameter 9. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.12 Data storage 2 Data storage parameter 10. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.13 Data storage 3 Data storage parameter 11. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.14 Data storage 4 Data storage parameter 12. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.15 Data storage 5 Data storage parameter 13. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.16 Data storage 6 Data storage parameter 14. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.17 Data storage 7 Data storage parameter 15. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.18 Data storage 8 Data storage parameter 16. 0
int32
-2147483648… 32-bit data. -
2147483647
147.21 Data storage 1 Data storage parameter 17. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.22 Data storage 2 Data storage parameter 18. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.23 Data storage 3 Data storage parameter 19. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.24 Data storage 4 Data storage parameter 20. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.25 Data storage 5 Data storage parameter 21. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.26 Data storage 6 Data storage parameter 22. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
147.27 Data storage 7 Data storage parameter 23. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
Parameters 113

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


147.28 Data storage 8 Data storage parameter 24. 0
int16
-32768…32767 16-bit data. 1=1
149
149 Panel port Communication settings for the control panel port on
communication the supply unit.
149.01 Node ID number Defines the node ID of the supply unit. All devices 1
connected to the same panel bus/link must have a
dedicated node ID.
Note: If you change the setting, new setting takes effect
only after parameter 149.06 Refresh settings is
switched to Done.
1…32 Node ID. 1=1
149.03 Baud rate Defines the transfer rate of the link. 921.6 kbps
Note: If you change the setting, new setting takes effect
only after parameter 149.06 Refresh settings is
switched to Done.
38.4 kbps 38.4 kbit/s. 1
57.6 kbps 57.6 kbit/s. 2
86.4 kbps 86.4 kbit/s. 3
115.2 kbps 115.2 kbit/s. 4
230.4 kbps 230.4 kbit/s. 5
460.8 kbps 460.8 kbit/s. 6
921.6 kbps 921.6 kbit/s. 7
149.04 Communication Sets a time-out for control panel (or PC tool) 10.0 s
loss time communication. If a communication break lasts longer
than the time-out, the action specified by parameter
149.05 Communication loss action is taken.
0.3 … 3000.0 s Panel/PC tool communication time-out. 10 = 1 s
149.05 Communication Selects how the supply unit reacts to a control panel (or Fault
loss action PC tool) communication break.
Note: If you change the setting, new setting takes effect
only after parameter 149.06 Refresh settings is
switched to Done.
No action Communication break does not cause any actions. 0
Fault Supply unit trips on a fault 7E01 Panel loss and the unit 1
stops.
149.06 Refresh settings Applies the settings of parameters 149.01…149.05. Done
Note: Refreshing may cause a communication break, so
reconnecting may be required.
Done Refresh done or not requested. 0
Refresh Refresh parameters 149.01…149.05. The value reverts 1
automatically to Done.
150
150 FBA General settings for fieldbus communication
configuration.
150.01 FBA A enable Enables/disables communication between the supply Disable
unit and fieldbus adapter A, and specifies the slot the
adapter is installed into.
Disable Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 0
adapter A disabled.
Option slot 1 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 1
adapter A enabled. The adapter is in slot 1.
Option slot 2 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 2
adapter A enabled. The adapter is in slot 2.
114 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Option slot 3 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 3
adapter A enabled. The adapter is in slot 3.
150.02 FBA A comm loss Selects how the supply unit reacts upon a fieldbus No action
func communication break. The time delay is defined by
parameter 150.03 FBA A comm loss t out.
No action Communication break detection disabled. 0
Fault Communication break detection active. Upon a 1
communication break, the diode supply unit trips on a
communication fault.
Fault always The supply unit trips on a communication fault even 4
though no control is expected from the fieldbus.
Warning The supply unit generates a communication warning 5
even though no control is expected from the fieldbus.
150.03 FBA A comm loss t Defines the time delay before the action defined by 0.3 s
out parameter 150.02 FBA A comm loss func is taken. Time
count starts when the communication link fails to
update the message.
0.3 … 6553.5 s Time delay. 10 = 1 s
150.07 FBA A actual 1 type Selects the type and scaling of actual value 1 Transparent
transmitted to the fieldbus network through fieldbus
adapter A.
Transparent No scaling is applied. 1
General Generic reference without a specific unit. 2
150.08 FBA A actual 2 type Selects the type and scaling of actual value 2 Transparent
transmitted to the fieldbus network through fieldbus
adapter A.
For the selections, see parameter 150.07 FBA A actual 1
type.
150.10 FBA A act1 When parameter 150.07 FBA A actual 1 type is set to Not selected
transparent source Transparent, this parameter selects the source of actual
value 1 transmitted to the fieldbus network through
fieldbus adapter A.
Not selected No source selected. -
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
150.11 FBA A act2 When parameter 150.08 FBA A actual 2 type is set to Not selected
transparent source Transparent, this parameter selects the source of actual
value 2 transmitted to the fieldbus network through
fieldbus adapter A.
Not selected No source selected. -
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
150.12 FBA A debug mode Enables the display of raw (unmodified) data received Disable
from and sent to fieldbus adapter A in parameters
150.13…150.18.
Note that the changes made take effect only after
reboot or setting the parameter 151.27 FBA A par refresh
to Refresh.
This functionality should only be used for debugging.
Disable Display of raw data from fieldbus adapter A disabled. 0
Fast Debug mode is enabled. Cyclical data update is as fast 1
as possible which increases the CPU load on the supply
unit.
Parameters 115

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


150.13 FBA A control word Displays the control word received from fieldbus -
adapter A. For the commands assigned to each bit, see
chapter Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter.
00000000h … Control word received from fieldbus adapter A. 1=1
FFFFFFFFh
150.16 FBA A status word Displays the status word sent to fieldbus adapter A. For -
the commands assigned to each bit, see chapter
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter.
00000000h … Status word sent to fieldbus adapter A. 1=1
FFFFFFFFh
150.17 FBA A actual Displays raw actual value ACT1 sent to fieldbus adapter -
value 1 A.
-2147483648… Raw ACT1 sent to fieldbus adapter A. 1=1
2147483647
150.18 FBA A actual Displays raw actual value ACT2 sent to fieldbus adapter -
value 2 A.
-2147483648… Raw ACT2 sent to fieldbus adapter A. 1=1
2147483647
150.21 FBA A timelevel sel Selects the communication speed for the fieldbus Normal
adapter A.
In general, lower speeds reduce CPU load. The table
below shows the read/write intervals for cyclic and
acyclic data with each parameter setting.

Selection Cyclic* Acyclic**


Monitoring 10 ms 10 ms
Normal 2 ms 10 ms
Fast 500 µs 2 ms
Very fast 250 µs 500 µs

*Cyclic data consists of fieldbus Control and Status


words, Act1 and Act2.
**Acyclic data consists of the parameter data mapped
to parameter groups 152 FBA A data in and 153 FBA A
data out.
Normal Normal speed. 0
Fast Fast speed. 1
Very fast Very fast speed. 2
Monitoring Low speed. Optimized for PC tool communication and 3
monitoring usage.
150.31 FBA B enable Enables/disables communication between the supply Disable
unit and fieldbus adapter B, and specifies the slot the
adapter is installed into.
Disable Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 0
adapter B disabled.
Option slot 1 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 1
adapter B enabled. The adapter is in slot 1.
Option slot 2 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 2
adapter B enabled. The adapter is in slot 2.
Option slot 3 Communication between supply unit and fieldbus 3
adapter B enabled. The adapter is in slot 3.
150.32 FBA B comm loss Selects how the supply unit reacts upon a fieldbus No action
func communication break. The time delay is defined by
parameter 150.33 FBA B comm loss timeout.
116 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


No action Communication break detection disabled. 0
Fault Communication break detection active. Upon a 1
communication break, the diode supply unit trips on a
communication fault.
Fault always The supply unit trips on a communication fault even 4
though no control is expected from the fieldbus.
Warning The supply unit generates a communication warning 5
even though no control is expected from the fieldbus.
150.33 FBA B comm loss Defines the time delay before the action defined by 0.3 s
timeout parameter 150.32 FBA B comm loss func is taken. Time
count starts when the communication link fails to
update the message.
0.3 … 6553.5 s Time delay. 10 = 1 s
150.37 FBA B actual 1 type Selects the type and scaling of actual value 1 Transparent
transmitted to the fieldbus network through fieldbus
adapter B.
For the selections, see parameter 150.07 FBA A actual 1
type.
150.38 FBA B actual 2 type Selects the type and scaling of actual value 2 Transparent
transmitted to the fieldbus network through fieldbus
adapter B.
For the selections, see parameter 150.07 FBA A actual 1
type.
150.39 FBA B SW Selects the source of the fieldbus status word when Not selected
transparent source parameter 150.36 FBA B SW sel is set to Transparent
mode.
Not selected No source selected. -
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
150.40 FBA B act1 When parameter 150.37 FBA B actual 1 type is set to Not selected
transparent source Transparent, this parameter selects the source of actual
value 1 transmitted to the fieldbus network through
fieldbus adapter B.
Not selected No source selected. -
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
150.41 FBA B act2 When parameter 150.38 FBA B actual 2 type is set to Not selected
transparent source Transparent, this parameter selects the source of actual
value 2 transmitted to the fieldbus network through
fieldbus adapter B.
Not selected No source selected. -
Other [bit] Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
150.42 FBA B debug mode Enables the display of raw (unmodified) data received Disable
from and sent to fieldbus adapter B in parameters
150.43…150.48.
Note that the changes made take effect only after
reboot or setting the parameter 154.27 FBA B par
refresh to Refresh.
This functionality should only be used for debugging.
Disable Display of raw data from fieldbus adapter B disabled. 0
Fast Debug mode is enabled. Cyclical data update is as fast 1
as possible which increases the CPU load on the supply
unit.
Parameters 117

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


150.43 FBA B control word Displays the control word received from fieldbus -
adapter B. For the commands assigned to each bit, see
chapter Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter.
00000000h … Control word received from fieldbus adapter B. 1=1
FFFFFFFFh
150.46 FBA B status word Displays the status word sent to fieldbus adapter B. For -
the commands assigned to each bit, see chapter
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter.
00000000h … Status word sent to fieldbus adapter B. 1=1
FFFFFFFFh
150.47 FBA B actual Displays raw actual value ACT1 sent to fieldbus adapter -
value 1 B.
-2147483648 … Raw ACT1 sent to fieldbus adapter B. 1=1
2147483647
150.48 FBA B actual Displays raw actual value ACT2 sent to fieldbus adapter -
value 2 B.
-2147483648 … Raw ACT2 sent to fieldbus adapter B. 1=1
2147483647
150.51 FBA B timelevel sel Selects the communication speed for the fieldbus Normal
adapter B.
In general, lower speeds reduce CPU load. The table
below shows the read/write intervals for cyclic and
acyclic data with each parameter setting.

Selection Cyclic* Acyclic**


Monitoring 10 ms 10 ms
Normal 2 ms 10 ms
Fast 500 µs 2 ms
Very fast 250 µs 500 µs

*Cyclic data consists of fieldbus Control and Status


words, Act1 and Act2.
**Acyclic data consists of the parameter data mapped
to parameter groups 155 FBA B data in and 156 FBA B
data out.
Normal Normal speed. 0
Fast Fast speed. 1
Very fast Very fast speed. 2
Monitoring Low speed. Optimized for PC tool communication and 3
monitoring usage.
151
151 FBA A settings Fieldbus adapter A configuration.
151.01 FBA A type Displays the type of the connected fieldbus adapter -
module.
0 = Module is not found or is not properly connected, or
is disabled by parameter 150.01 FBA A enable; 1 = FPBA;
32 = FCAN; 37 = FDNA; 101 = FCNA; 128 = FENA-11/21;
132 = PROFINET IO; 135 = FECA; 136 = FEPL; 485 = FSCA.
Note: All types of the fieldbus adapter modules are not
necessarily supported yet.
This parameter is read-only.
151.02 FBA A Par2 Parameters 151.02…151.26 are adapter module-specific. -
For more information, see the documentation of the
fieldbus adapter module. Note that not all of these
parameters are necessarily used.
Note: In supply units only Trans16 profile is in use.
118 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0…65535 Fieldbus adapter configuration parameter. 1=1
… … … …
151.26 FBA A Par26 See parameter 151.02 FBA A Par2. -
0…65535 Fieldbus adapter configuration parameter. 1=1
151.27 FBA A par refresh Validates any changed fieldbus adapter module Done
configuration settings. After refreshing, the value
reverts automatically to Done.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
diode supply unit is running.
Done Refreshing done. 0
Refresh Refreshing. 1
151.28 FBA A par table ver Displays the parameter table revision of the fieldbus -
adapter module mapping file stored in the memory.
In format axyz, where a = major revision number; xy =
minor revision number; z = correction number.
0000h…FFFFh Parameter table revision of adapter module. 1=1
151.29 FBA A drive type Displays the type code of the fieldbus adapter module -
code mapping file stored in the memory.
0…65535 Type code of fieldbus adapter module mapping file. 1=1
151.30 FBA A mapping file Displays the fieldbus adapter module mapping file -
ver revision stored in the memory of the supply unit in
decimal format.
Example: 0x107 = revision 1.07.
0…65535 Mapping file revision. 1=1
151.31 D2FBA A comm Displays the status of the fieldbus adapter module Idle
status communication.
Idle Adapter is not configured. 0
Exec.init Adapter is initializing. 1
Time out A time-out has occurred in the communication between 2
the adapter and the supply unit.
Conf.err Adapter configuration error: the major or minor revision 3
code of the common program revision in the fieldbus
adapter module is not the revision required by the
module (see parameter 151.32 FBA A comm SW ver), or
mapping file upload has failed more than three times.
Off-line Adapter is off-line. 4
On-line Adapter is on-line. 5
Reset Adapter is performing a hardware reset. 6
151.32 FBA A comm SW Displays the common program revision of the adapter -
ver module in format axyz, where a = major revision number,
xy = minor revision number, z = correction number.
Example: 190A = revision 1.90A.
Common program revision of adapter module. 1=1
151.33 FBA A appl SW ver Displays the application program revision of the -
adapter module in format axyz, where a = major revision
number, xy = minor revision number, z = correction
number.
Example: 190A = revision 1.90A.
Application program version of adapter module. 1=1
Parameters 119

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


152
152 FBA A data in Selection of data to be transferred from supply unit to
fieldbus controller through fieldbus adapter A.
Note: 32-bit values require two consecutive parameters.
Whenever a 32-bit value is selected in a data parameter,
the next parameter is automatically reserved.
152.01 FBA A data in1 Parameters 152.01…152.12 select data to be transferred None
from the supply unit to the fieldbus controller through
fieldbus adapter A.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Control word (16 bits) 1
SW 16bit Status word (16 bits) 4
Act1 16bit Actual value ACT1 (16 bits) 5
Act2 16bit Actual value ACT2 (16 bits) 6
CW 32bit Control word (32 bits) 11
SW 32bit Status word (32 bits) 14
Act1 32bit Actual value ACT1 (32 bits) 15
Act2 32bit Actual value ACT2 (32 bits) 16
Other The value is taken from another parameter.
… … … …
152.12 FBA A data in12 See parameter 152.01 FBA A data in1. None
153
153 FBA A data out Selection of data to be transferred from fieldbus
controller to the diode supply unit through fieldbus
adapter A.
Note: 32-bit values require two consecutive parameters.
Whenever a 32-bit value is selected in a data parameter,
the next parameter is automatically reserved.
153.01 FBA data out1 Parameters 153.01…153.12 select data to be transferred None
from the fieldbus controller to the supply unit through
fieldbus adapter A.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Control word (16 bits) 1
CW 32bit Control word (32 bits) 11
Other The value is taken from another parameter. -
… … … …
153.12 FBA data out12 See parameter 153.01 FBA data out1. None
154
154 FBA B settings Fieldbus adapter B configuration.
154.01 FBA B type Displays the type of the connected fieldbus adapter -
module.
0 = Module is not found or is not properly connected, or
is disabled by parameter 150.31 FBA B enable; 1 = FPBA;
32 = FCAN; 37 = FDNA; 101 = FCNA; 128 = FENA-11/21;
132 = PROFINET IO; 135 = FECA; 136 = FEPL; 485 = FSCA.
Note: All types of the fieldbus adapter modules are not
necessarily supported yet.
This parameter is read-only.
154.02 FBA B Par2 Parameters 154.02…154.26 are adapter module-specific. -
For more information, see the documentation of the
fieldbus adapter module. Note that not all of these
parameters are necessarily used.
0…65535 Fieldbus adapter configuration parameter. 1=1
… … … …
120 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


154.26 FBA B Par26 See parameter 154.26 FBA B Par2. -
0…65535 Fieldbus adapter configuration parameter. 1=1
154.27 FBA B par refresh Validates any changed fieldbus adapter module Done
configuration settings. After refreshing, the value
reverts automatically to Done.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
diode supply unit is running.
Done Refreshing done. 0
Refresh Refreshing. 1
154.28 FBA B par table ver Displays the parameter table revision of the fieldbus -
adapter module mapping file stored in the memory.
In format axyz, where a = major revision number; xy =
minor revision number; z = correction number.
Parameter table revision of adapter module. 1=1
154.29 FBA B drive type Displays the type code of the fieldbus adapter module -
code mapping file stored in the memory.
0…65535 Type code of fieldbus adapter module mapping file. 1=1
154.30 FBA B mapping file Displays the fieldbus adapter module mapping file -
ver revision stored in the memory of the supply unit in
decimal format.
Example: Integer 263 -> 0x107 = revision 1.07
0…65535 Mapping file revision. 1=1
154.31 D2FBA B comm Displays the status of the fieldbus adapter module Idle
status communication.
Idle Adapter is not configured. 0
Exec.init Adapter is initializing. 1
Time out A time-out has occurred in the communication between 2
the adapter and the supply unit.
Conf.err Adapter configuration error: the major or minor revision 3
code of the common program revision in the fieldbus
adapter module is not the revision required by the
module (see parameter 154.32 FBA B comm SW ver), or
mapping file upload has failed more than three times.
Off-line Adapter is off-line. 4
On-line Adapter is on-line. 5
Reset Adapter is performing a hardware reset. 6
154.32 FBA B comm SW Displays the common program revision of the adapter -
ver module in format axyz, where a = major revision number,
xy = minor revision number, z = correction number.
Example: 190A = revision 1.90A.
Common program revision of adapter module. 1=1
154.33 FBA B appl SW ver Displays the application program revision of the -
adapter module in format axyz, where a = major revision
number, xy = minor revision number, z = correction
number or letter.
Example: 190A = revision 1.90A.
Application program version of adapter module. 1=1
Parameters 121

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


155
155 FBA B data in Selection of data to be transferred from the diode
supply unit to fieldbus controller through fieldbus
adapter B.
Note: 32-bit values require two consecutive parameters.
Whenever a 32-bit value is selected in a data parameter,
the next parameter is automatically reserved.
155.01 FBA B data in1 Parameters 155.01…155.12 select data to be transferred None
from the supply unit to the fieldbus controller through
fieldbus adapter B.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Control word (16 bits) 1
SW 16bit Status word (16 bits) 4
Act1 16bit Actual value ACT1 (16 bits) 5
Act2 16bit Actual value ACT2 (16 bits) 6
CW 32bit Control word (32 bits) 11
SW 32bit Status word (32 bits) 14
Act1 32bit Actual value ACT1 (32 bits) 15
Act2 32bit Actual value ACT2 (32 bits) 16
Other The value is taken from another parameter. -
… … …
155.12 FBA B data in12 See parameter 155.01 FBA B data in1. None
156
156 FBA B data out Selection of data to be transferred from fieldbus
controller to the diode supply unit through fieldbus
adapter B.
Note: 32-bit values require two consecutive parameters.
Whenever a 32-bit value is selected in a data parameter,
the next parameter is automatically reserved.
156.01 FBA B data out1 Parameters 156.01…156.12 select data to be transferred None
from the fieldbus controller to the supply unit through
fieldbus adapter B.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Control word (16 bits) 1
CW 32bit Control word (32 bits) 11
Other The value is taken from another parameter. -
… … … …
156.12 FBA B data out12 See parameter 156.01 FBA B data out1. None
160
160 DDCS communication DDCS communication configuration.
160.41 Extension adapter Selects the channel used for connecting an optional Not in use
com port FEA-xx extension adapter.
Not in use None (communication disabled). 0
Slot 1A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 1. 1
Slot 2A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 2. 2
Slot 3A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 3. 3
Slot 1B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 1. 4
Slot 2B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 2. 5
Slot 3B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 3. 6
RDCO CH 3 Channel 3 on RDCO module (with UCU control unit only). 13
122 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


160.51 DDCS controller Selects the DDCS channel used for connecting an No connect
comm port external controller (such as an AC 800M or ACS880
inverter).
No connect None (communication disabled). 0
Slot 1A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 1. 1
Slot 2A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 2. 2
Slot 3A Channel A on FDCO module in slot 3. 3
Slot 1B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 1. 4
Slot 2B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 2. 5
Slot 3B Channel B on FDCO module in slot 3. 6
XD2D Connector XD2D. 7
RDCO CH 0 Channel 0 on RDCO module (with UCU control unit only). 11
160.52 DDCS controller Selects the node address for communication with the 1
node address external controller. No two nodes on-line may have the
same address.
1…254 Node address. 1=1
160.55 DDCS controller Selects the topology of the fiber optic link. Star
HW connection
Ring The devices are connected in a ring topology. 0
Forwarding of messages is enabled.
Star The devices are connected in a star topology (for 1
example, through a branching unit). Forwarding of
messages is disabled.
160.56 DDCS controller Defines the communication speed on the fiber optic 4 mbps
baud rate link. This should be set to the same value on all devices
on the link.
1 mbps 1 Mbps. 0
2 mbps 2 Mbps. 1
4 mbps 4 Mbps. 2
8 mbps 8 Mbps. 3
160.57 DDCS controller Defines the light intensity of the transmission LED of 10
link control RDCO module channel CH0. (This parameter is effective
only when parameter 160.51 DDCS controller comm port
is set to RDCO CH 0. FDCO modules have a hardware
transmitter current selector.)
In general, use higher values with longer fiber optic
cables. The maximum setting is applicable to the
maximum length of the fiber optic link.
1…15 Light intensity. 1=1
160.58 DDCS controller Sets a time-out for communication with the external 100 ms
comm loss time controller. If a communication break lasts longer than
the time-out, the action specified by parameter 160.59
DDCS controller comm loss action is taken.
0 … 60000 ms Time-out for communication with external controller. 1=1
160.59 DDCS controller Selects how the supply unit reacts to a communication Fault
comm loss action break between it and the external controller.
No action No action taken. 0
Fault Supply unit trips on 7E11 DDCS controller comm loss. 1
Warning Supply unit generates an AE6D DDCS controller comm 5
loss warning. This occurs even though no control is
expected from the external controller.
WARNING! Make sure that it is safe to continue
operation in case of a communication break.
Parameters 123

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


160.64 Mailbox dataset Selects dataset pair to be used in mailbox Dataset
selection communication. 32/33
Dataset 32/33 Dataset 32 is used for query and dataset 33 for 0
response.
Dataset 24/25 Dataset 24 is used for query and dataset 25 for response 1
161
161 DDCS transmit Defines the data sent to the DDCS link.
161.51 Data set 11 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 11 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Virtual address for 16-bit control word. 1
SW 16bit Virtual address for 16-bit status word. 4
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
161.52 Data set 11 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 11 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.53 Data set 11 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 11 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.54 Data set 13 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 13 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.55 Data set 13 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 13 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.56 Data set 13 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 13 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.57 Data set 15 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 15 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.58 Data set 15 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 15 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.59 Data set 15 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 15 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.60 Data set 17 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 17 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.61 Data set 17 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 17 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
124 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


161.62 Data set 17 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 17 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.63 Data set 19 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 19 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.64 Data set 19 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 19 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.65 Data set 19 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 19 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.66 Data set 21 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 21 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.67 Data set 21 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 21 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.68 Data set 21 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 21 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.69 Data set 23 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 23 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.70 Data set 23 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 23 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.71 Data set 23 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 23 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.72 Data set 25 data 1 Selects the location where the value of data set 25 data None
selection word 1 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.73 Data set 25 data 2 Selects the location where the value of data set 25 data None
selection word 2 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
161.74 Data set 25 data 3 Selects the location where the value of data set 25 data None
selection word 3 is read from.
For the selections, see parameter 161.51 Data set 11
data 1 selection.
Parameters 125

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


161.101 Data set 11 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 data word 1. 1=1
161.102 Data set 11 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 data word 2. 1=1
161.103 Data set 11 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 11 data word 3. 1=1
161.104 Data set 13 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 data word 1. 1=1
161.105 Data set 13 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 data word 2. 1=1
161.106 Data set 13 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 13 data word 3. 1=1
161.107 Data set 15 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 data word 1. 1=1
161.108 Data set 15 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 data word 2. 1=1
161.109 Data set 15 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 15 data word 3. 1=1
161.110 Data set 17 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 data word 1. 1=1
161.111 Data set 17 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 data word 2. 1=1
161.112 Data set 17 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 17 data word 3. 1=1
161.113 Data set 19 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 data word 1. 1=1
161.114 Data set 19 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 data word 2. 1=1
161.115 Data set 19 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 19 data word 3. 1=1
161.116 Data set 21 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 data word 1. 1=1
161.117 Data set 21 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 data word 2. 1=1
126 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


161.118 Data set 21 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 21 data word 3. 1=1
161.119 Data set 23 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 data word 1. 1=1
161.120 Data set 23 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 data word 2. 1=1
161.121 Data set 23 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 23 data word 3. 1=1
161.122 Data set 25 data 1 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 0
value data word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 data word 1. 1=1
161.123 Data set 25 data 2 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 0
value data word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 data word 2. 1=1
161.124 Data set 25 data 3 Defines the raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 0
value data word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be transmitted in data set 25 data word 3. 1=1
162
162 DDCS receive Mapping of data received through the DDCS link.
162.51 Data set 10 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 10 None
selection data word 1 is written.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Virtual address for 16-bit control word. 1
External DC meas External DC voltage measurement signal. Value is stored 30780
signal to parameter 120.60 DC voltage external unscaled.
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
162.52 Data set 10 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 10 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.51 Data set 10
data 1 selection.
162.53 Data set 10 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 10 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.51 Data set 10
data 1 selection.
162.54 Data set 12 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 12 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.51 Data set 10
data 1 selection.
None None. 0
CW 16bit Virtual address for 16-bit control word. 1
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
Parameters 127

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


162.55 Data set 12 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 12 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.56 Data set 12 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 12 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.57 Data set 14 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 14 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.58 Data set 14 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 14 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.59 Data set 14 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 14 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.60 Data set 16 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 16 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.61 Data set 16 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 16 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.62 Data set 16 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 16 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.63 Data set 18 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 18 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.64 Data set 18 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 18 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.65 Data set 18 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 18 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.66 Data set 20 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 20 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.67 Data set 20 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 20 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
128 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


162.68 Data set 20 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 20 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.69 Data set 22 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 22 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.70 Data set 22 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 22 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.71 Data set 22 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 22 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.72 Data set 24 data 1 Selects the location into which the value of data set 24 None
selection data word 1 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.73 Data set 24 data 2 Selects the location into which the value of data set 24 None
selection data word 2 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.74 Data set 24 data 3 Selects the location into which the value of data set 24 None
selection data word 3 is written.
For the selections, see parameter 162.54 Data set 12
data 1 selection.
162.101 Data set 10 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 10 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 10 data word 1. 1=1
162.102 Data set 10 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 10 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 10 data word 2. 1=1
162.103 Data set 10 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 10 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 10 data word 3. 1=1
162.104 Data set 12 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 12 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 12 data word 1. 1=1
162.105 Data set 12 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 12 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 12 data word 2. 1=1
162.106 Data set 12 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 12 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 12 data word 3. 1=1
162.107 Data set 14 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 14 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 14 data word 1. 1=1
162.108 Data set 14 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 14 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 14 data word 2. 1=1
162.109 Data set 14 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 14 data 0
value word 3.
Parameters 129

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 14 data word 3. 1=1
162.110 Data set 16 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 16 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 16 data word 1. 1=1
162.111 Data set 16 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 16 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 16 data word 2. 1=1
162.112 Data set 16 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 16 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 16 data word 3. 1=1
162.113 Data set 18 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 18 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 18 data word 1. 1=1
162.114 Data set 18 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 18 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 18 data word 2. 1=1
162.115 Data set 18 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 18 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 18 data word 3. 1=1
162.116 Data set 20 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 20 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 20 data word 1. 1=1
162.117 Data set 20 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 20 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 20 data word 2. 1=1
162.118 Data set 20 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 20 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 20 data word 3. 1=1
162.119 Data set 22 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 22 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 22 data word 1. 1=1
162.120 Data set 22 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 22 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 22 data word 2. 1=1
162.121 Data set 22 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 22 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 22 data word 3. 1=1
162.122 Data set 24 data 1 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 24 data 0
value word 1.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 24 data word 1. 1=1
162.123 Data set 24 data 2 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 24 data 0
value word 2.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 24 data word 2. 1=1
162.124 Data set 24 data 3 Defines the raw data to be received in data set 24 data 0
value word 3.
0…65535 Raw data to be received in data set 24 data word 3. 1=1
190
190 Additional actual Additional actual values of 6-pulse diode-thyristor
values bridge or modules connected to first winding of 12-
pulse diode supply unit.
190.06 Main voltage U1-V1 DxT modules only: Main voltage U1-V1 [V]. -
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage U1-V1. 1=1V
130 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


190.07 Main voltage V1- DxT modules only: Main voltage V1-W1 [V]. -
W1
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage V1-W1. 1=1V
190.08 Main voltage W1- DxT modules only: Main voltage W1-U1 [V]. -
U1
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage W1-U1. 1=1V
190.40 Phase current U1 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured U1 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A U1 phase current. 1=1A
190.41 Phase current V1 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured V1 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A V1 phase current. 1=1A
190.42 Phase current W1 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured W1 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A W1 phase current. 1=1A
190.70 DC current 1 DxT modules only: Filtered value of calculated DC -
current 1 [A].
0.00…30000.00 A Calculated DC current 1. 1=1A
190.71 DC current 1 peak DxT modules only: Maximum DC current peak value -
during a grid cycle.
0.00…30000.00 A Maximum DC current peak value. 1=1A
190.72 DC current 1 fast DxT modules only: Average DC current during 60 degree -
period (1/6 of grid cycle) [A].
0.00…30000.00 A Fast DC current 1. 1=1A
190.73 DC voltage 1 fast DxT modules only: Average DC voltage during 60 degree -
period (1/6 of grid cycle) [V].
0.00…2000.00 V Fast DC voltage 1. 1=1V
190.74 Main voltage 1 fast DxT modules only: Average main voltage during 60 -
degree period (1/6 of grid cycle) [V].
0.00…2000.00 V Main grid voltage 1. 1=1V
190.75 LSU status word 1 DxT modules only: LSU status word 1. -

Bit Name Description


0 Phase voltage ok At least one main voltage is normal
1 Grid voltage above All main voltages are normal
limit
2 DC voltage above limit DC voltage is normal
3 Not in use
4 Synchronized to grid Synchronized to grid and ready run
5 Phase order UVW Phase order of grid is U-V-W
6 Phase order UWV Phase order of grid is U-W-V
7 Not in use
8 Modulating 0 = LSU is not modulating.
1 = LSU is modulating.
9 Ready for load 0 = Not ready for load.
1 = LSU is charged and ready for load.
10 Regenerating 0 = Not regenerating.
1 = LSU is regenerating.
11…15 Not in use

0000h…FFFFh LSU status word 1. 1=1


192
Parameters 131

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


192 Additional actual Additional actual values of modules connected to
values 2 second winding of 12-pulse diode supply unit.
192.06 Main voltage U2-V2 DxT modules only: Main voltage U2-V2 [V]. -
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage U2-V2. 1=1V
192.07 Main voltage V2- DxT modules only: Main voltage V2-W2 [V]. -
W2
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage V2-W2. 1=1V
192.08 Main voltage W2- DxT modules only: Main voltage W2-U2 [V]. -
U2
0.00…2000.00 V Main voltage W2-U2. 1=1V
192.40 Phase current U2 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured U2 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A U2 phase current. 1=1A
192.41 Phase current V2 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured V2 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A V2 phase current. 1=1A
192.42 Phase current W2 DxT modules only: Filtered rms value of measured W2 -
phase current [A].
0.00…30000.00 A W2 phase current. 1=1A
192.70 DC current 2 DxT modules only: Filtered value of calculated DC -
current 2 [A].
0.00…30000.00 A Calculated DC current 2. 1=1A
192.71 DC current 2 peak DxT modules only: Maximum DC current peak value -
during a grid cycle.
0.00…30000.00 A Maximum DC current peak value. 1=1A
192.72 DC current 2 fast DxT modules only: Average DC current during 60 degree -
period (1/6 of grid cycle) [A].
0.00…30000.00 A Fast DC current 2. 1=1A
192.73 DC voltage 2 fast DxT modules only: Average DC voltage during 60 degree -
period (1/6 of grid cycle) [V].
0.00…2000.00 V Fast DC voltage 2. 1=1V
192.74 Main voltage 2 fast DxT modules only: Average main voltage during 60 -
degree period (1/6 of grid cycle) [V].
0.00…2000.00 V Main grid voltage 2. 1=1V
192.75 LSU status word 2 DxT modules only: LSU status word 2. -

Bit Name Description


0 Phase voltage ok At least one main voltage is normal
1 Grid voltage above All main voltages are normal
limit
2 DC voltage above limit DC voltage is normal
3 Not in use
4 Synchronized to grid Synchronized to grid and ready run
5 Phase order UVW Phase order of grid is U-V-W
6 Phase order UWV Phase order of grid is U-W-V
7 Not in use
8 Modulating 0 = LSU is not modulating.
1 = LSU is modulating.
9 Ready for load 0 = Not ready for load.
1 = LSU is charged and ready for load.
10 Regenerating 0 = Not regenerating.
1 = LSU is regenerating.
11…15 Not in use
132 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


0000h…FFFFh LSU status word 2. 1=1
195
195 HW configuration Various hardware-related settings.
195.01 Supply voltage DxT modules: Selects the supply voltage range. This Not given
parameter is used by the ACS880 to determine the
nominal voltage of the supply network.

Not given No voltage defined. DC link voltage monitoring function 0


is not active.
208 … 240 V 208 … 240 V. 1
380 … 415 V 380 … 415 V. 2
440 … 480 V 440 … 480 V. 3
500 V 500 V. 4
525 … 600 V 525 … 600 V. 5
660 … 690 V 660 … 690 V. 6
195.04 Control board DxT modules only: Specifies how the control unit of the External 24V
supply diode supply unit is powered.
Internal 24V The control unit is powered from the power unit it is 0
connected to.
External 24V The control unit is powered from an external power 1
supply.
Redundant Redundant supervision of 24 V signal. A warning (AE5C 2
external 24V External power signal missing) is generated if the power
supply is missing.
195.13 Reduced run mode DxT modules only: Specifies the number of supply 0
modules available.
This parameter must be set if reduced run is required. A
value other than 0 activates the reduced run function.
If the control program cannot detect the number of
modules specified by this parameter, a fault (5E0E
Reduced run) is generated.
See section Reduced run function (page 35).
0 = Reduced run disabled
1…8 = Number of modules available
0…65535 Number of modules available. -
195.14 Connected DxT modules only: Shows which of the parallel- -
modules connected converter modules have been detected by
the control program.

Bit Name Description


0 Module 1 1 = Module 1 has been detected.
1 Module 2 1 = Module 2 has been detected.
… … …
11 Module 12 1 = Module 12 has been detected.
12…15 Reserved.

0000h…FFFFh Converter modules connected. 1=1


Parameters 133

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


195.20 HW options word 1 Specifies hardware-related options that require -
differentiated parameter defaults. Activating a bit in
this parameter makes the necessary changes in other
parameters. In many cases, the differentiated
parameters will also be write-protected.
This parameter, as well as the changes in other
parameters implemented by it, are not affected by a
parameter restore.
WARNING! After switching any bits in this word,
recheck the values of the affected parameters.

Bit Name Information


0…10 Reserved Reserved
11 INU-DSU Enables DDCS communication with ACS880 inverter. Selects
communication DDCS controller as the control source, enables the
communication and configures required dataset parameters.
Sets parameter:
• 119.11 Ext1/Ext2 sel to EXT1,
• 120.01 Ext1 commands to DDCS controller,
• 160.51 DDCS controller comm port to RDCO CH 0,
• 160.52 DDCS controller node address to 1,
• 161.51 Data set 11 data 1 selection to SW 16bit,
• 162.51 Data set 10 data 1 selection to CW 16bit.
12 Reserved Reserved
13 DOL fan Direct-on-line cooling fan is used instead of speed-controlled
cooling fan. Disables fan feedback monitoring and changes fan
control to ON/OFF type.
14 DIO1 for brake Sets parameter 111.05 DIO1 function to Input, and parameter
chopper feedback 131.39 Brake chopper fault source to DIO1.
15 ACS880-307LC DxT modules only: Sets parameter
• 111.05 DIO1 function to Input,
• 111.09 DIO2 function to Input,
• 131.32 Aux circuit breaker fault source to Inactive (true),
• 131.38 Fuse trip fault source to DIO2,
• 131.39 Brake chopper fault source to DIO1,
• 206.01 I/O bus enable to Yes,
• 206.50 MCB monitoring action to Fault,
• 206.51 Fuse monitoring action to No.

0000h…FFFFh Hardware options configuration word. 1=1


195.30 Parallel type list DxT modules only: Filters the list of drive/supply unit All types
filter types listed by parameter 195.31 Parallel connection
rating id.
All types All types listed. 0
-3 (380-415V) -3 (380…415 V) types listed. 1
-5 (380-500V) -5 (380…500 V) types listed. 2
-7 (525-690V) -7 (525…690 V) types listed. 3
195.31 Parallel connection DxT modules only: Defines the drive/supply unit type if Not selected
rating id it consists of parallel-connected modules.
If the drive/supply unit consists of a single module,
leave the value at Not selected.
Not selected The drive/supply unit does not consist of parallel- 0
connected modules, or type not selected.
134 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


[Drive/supply unit Drive/supply unit type consisting of parallel-connected -
type] modules.
195.38 DOL fan start Defines the start delay for a direct-on-line fan. 7s
delay
0…60 s Start delay for a direct-on-line fan. 1=1
196
196 System Language selection; pass code; parameter save and
restore; control unit reboot; user lock.
196.01 Language Selects the language of the parameter interface and Not selected
other displayed information.
Not selected No language selected. 0
English English. 1033
196.02 Pass code Pass codes can be entered into this parameter to 0
activate further access levels (see parameter 196.03
Access levels active) or to configure the user lock.
Entering “358” toggles the parameter lock, which
prevents the changing of all other parameters through
the control panel or the Drive composer PC tool.
Entering the user pass code (by default, “10000000”)
enables parameters 196.100…196.102, which can be
used to define a new user pass code and to select the
actions that are to be prevented.
Entering an invalid pass code will close the user lock if
open, ie. hide parameters 196.100…196.102. After
entering the code, check that the parameters are in fact
hidden.
Note: You must change the default user pass code to
maintain a high level of cybersecurity. Store the code in
a safe place – the protection cannot be disabled even by
ABB if the code is lost.
See also section User lock (page 37).
0…99999999 Pass code. 1=1
196.03 Access levels Shows which access levels have been activated by pass 0000b
active codes entered into parameter 196.02 Pass code.

Bit Name
0 End user
1 Service
2 Advanced programmer
3…10 Reserved.
11 OEM access level 1
12 OEM access level 2
13 OEM access level 3
14 Parameter lock
15 Reserved.

0000h…FFFFh Active access levels. -


196.06 Parameter restore Restores the original settings of the control program, ie. Done
parameter default values.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the
diode supply unit is running.
Done Restoring is completed. 0
Restore defs All parameter values are restored to default values, 8
except fieldbus adapter and drive-to-drive link data.
Parameters 135

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


Clear all All parameter values are restored to default values, 62
including fieldbus adapter configuration data. PC tool
communication is interrupted during the restoring. The
supply unit CPU is re-booted after the restoring is
completed.
196.07 Parameter save Saves the valid parameter values to permanent memory. Done
manually Note: A new parameter value is saved automatically
when changed from the PC tool or panel but not when
altered through a fieldbus adapter connection.
Done Save completed. 0
Save Save in progress. 1
196.08 Control board Changing the value of this parameter to 1 reboots the 0
boot control unit. The value reverts to 0 automatically.
0…1 1 = Reboot control unit. 1=1
196.20 Time sync primary Defines the 1st priority external source
for DDCS
source synchronization of the unit’s time and date. Controller
Internal No external source selected. 0
DDCS Controller External controller. 1
Fieldbus A or B Fieldbus interface A or B. 2
Fieldbus A Fieldbus interface A. 3
Fieldbus B Fieldbus interface B. 4
Panel link Control panel, or Drive composer PC tool connected to 8
the control panel.
Ethernet tool link Drive composer PC tool through an FENA-xx module. 9
196.24 Full days since 1st Number of full days passed since beginning of the year -
Jan 1980 1980.
This parameter, together with 196.25 Time in minutes
within 24 h and 196.26 Time in ms within one minute
makes it possible to set the date and time in the drive
via the parameter interface from a fieldbus or
application program. This may be necessary if the
fieldbus protocol does not support time
synchronization.
1…59999 Days since beginning of 1980. 1=1
196.25 Time in minutes Number of full minutes passed since midnight. For 0 min
within 24 h example, the value 860 corresponds to 2:20 pm.
See parameter 196.24 Full days since 1st Jan 1980.
1…1439 Minutes since midnight. 1=1
196.26 Time in ms within Number of milliseconds passed since last minute. 0 ms
one minute See parameter 196.24 Full days since 1st Jan 1980.
0…59999 Number of milliseconds since last minute. 1=1
136 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


196.29 Time sync source Time source status word. -
status This parameter is read-only.

Bit Name Description


0 Time tick received 1 = 1st priority tick received: Tick has been received from 1st
priority source.
1 Aux Time tick 1 = 2nd priority tick received: Tick has been received from
received 2nd priority source.
2 Tick interval is too 1 = Yes: Tick interval too long (accuracy compromised).
long
3 DDCS controller 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received from an external
controller.
4 Master/Follower 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through the
master/follower link.
5 Reserved.
6 D2D 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through the drive-
to-drive link.
7 FbusA 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through fieldbus
interface A.
8 FbusB 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through fieldbus
interface B.
9 EFB 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through the
embedded fieldbus interface.
10 Ethernet 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received through the
Ethernet port on control unit.
11 Panel link 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received from the control
panel, or Drive composer PC tool connected to the control
panel.
12 Ethernet tool link 1 = Tick received: Tick has been received from Drive
composer PC tool through an FENA-xx module.
13 Parameter setting 1 = Tick received: Tick has been set by parameters
196.24…196.26.
14 RTC 1 = RTC time in use: Time and date have been read from the
real-time clock.
15 Drive On-Time 1 = Drive on-time in use: Time and date are displaying drive
on-time.

0000h…FFFFh Time source status word 1. 1=1


196.51 Clear fault and Clears the contents of the event logs. See section -
event logger Warning/fault history and analysis on page 164.
0…65535 00001 = Clear the event logs. (The value will 1=1
automatically revert to 00000.)
196.61 User data logger Provides status information on the user data logger 0000b
status word (see page 165).

Bit Name Description


0 Running1 = The user data logger is running. The bit is cleared after the post-
trigger time has passed.
1 Triggered 1 = The user data logger has been triggered. The bit is cleared when
the logger is restarted.
2 Data 1 = The user data logger contains data that can be read. Note that the
available bit is not cleared because the data is saved to the memory unit.
3 Configure 1 = The user data logger has been configured. Note that the bit is not
d cleared because the configuration data is saved to the memory unit.
4…15 Reserved

0000b…1111b User data logger status word. 1=1


Parameters 137

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


196.63 User data logger Triggers, or selects a source that triggers, the user data Off
trigger logger.
Off 0. 0
On 1. 1
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
196.64 User data logger Starts, or selects a source that starts, the user data Off
start logger.
Off 0. 0
On 1. 1
Other Source selection (see Terms and abbreviations on page -
39).
196.65 Factory data Selects the sampling interval for the factory data logger 500us
logger time level (see page 164).
500us 500 microseconds. 500
2ms 2 milliseconds. 2000
10ms 10 milliseconds. 10000
196.70 Disable adaptive Enables/disables the adaptive program (if present). No
program See also section Adaptive programming (page 21).
No Adaptive program enabled. 0
Yes Adaptive program disabled. 1
196.100 Change user pass (Visible when user lock is open) 10000000
code To change the current user pass code, enter a new code
into this parameter as well as 196.101 Confirm user pass
code. A warning will be active until the new pass code is
confirmed. To cancel changing the pass code, close the
user lock without confirming. To close the lock, enter an
invalid pass code in parameter 196.02 Pass code,
activate parameter 196.08 Control board boot, or cycle
the power.
See also section User lock (page 37).
10000000… New user pass code. -
99999999
196.101 Confirm user pass (Visible when user lock is open)
code Confirms the new user pass code entered in 196.100
Change user pass code.
10000000… Confirmation of new user pass code. -
99999999
138 Parameters

No. Name/Value Description Def/FbEq16


196.102 User lock (Visible when user lock is open) 0000h
functionality Selects the actions or functionalities to be prevented by
the user lock. Note that the changes made take effect
only when the user lock is closed. See parameter 196.02
Pass code.
Note: We recommend you select all the actions and
functionalities unless otherwise required by the
application.

Bit Name Information


0 Disable ABB 1 = ABB access levels (service, advanced programmer, etc.;
access levels see 196.03) disabled
1 Freeze parameter 1 = Changing the parameter lock state prevented, ie. pass
lock state code 358 has no effect
2 Disable file 1 = Loading of files to drive prevented. This applies to
download • firmware upgrades
• safety functions module configuration
• parameter restore
• loading an adaptive program
• loading and debugging an application program
• changing home view of control panel
• editing drive texts
• editing the favorite parameters list on control panel
• configuration settings made through control panel such
as time/date formats and enabling/disabling clock
display.
3 Disable FB write 1 = Access to parameters on disabled access levels from
to hidden fieldbus prevented.
4…5 Reserved
6 Protect AP 1 = Creating a backup and restoring from a backup
prevented.
7 Disable panel 1 = Bluetooth disabled on ACS-AP-W control panel. If the
bluetooth drive is part of a panel bus, Bluetooth is disabled on all
panels.
8…10 Reserved
11 Disable OEM 1 = OEM access level 1 disabled
access level 1
12 Disable OEM 1 = OEM access level 2 disabled
access level 2
13 Disable OEM 1 = OEM access level 3 disabled
access level 3
14…15 Reserved

0000h…FFFFh Selection of actions to be prevented by user lock. -


206
206 I/O bus configuration Basic configuration of the distributed I/O bus.
207
207 I/O bus service Distributed I/O bus service.
208
208 I/O bus diagnostics Diagnostic counters of the distributed I/O bus.
209
209 I/O bus fan Fan identification run on the distributed I/O bus.
identification
(Groups only visible with a UCU control unit) These groups contain parameters related to the
distributed I/O bus, which is used with some drives for monitoring the cooling fans of the cabinet
system. For details, see CIO-01 I/O module and distributed I/O bus user’s manual (3AXD50000126880
[English]).
Additional parameter data 139

6
Additional parameter data

Contents of this chapter


This chapter lists the parameters with some additional data. For parameter
descriptions, see chapter Parameters (page 39).

Terms and abbreviations


Term Definition

Actual signal Signal measured or calculated by the supply unit. Usually can only be monitored but
not adjusted; some counter-type signals can however be reset by entering the value
0.

Analog src Parameter can be set to the value of another parameter by choosing Other, and
selecting the source parameter from a list.
In addition to the Other selection, the parameter may offer other pre-selected
settings.

Binary src Value of the parameter can be taken from a specific bit in another parameter value
(Other). Sometimes the value can be fixed to 0 (False) or 1 (True).
In addition to the Other, False and True selections, the parameter may offer other
pre-selected settings.

Data Data parameter.

FbEq32 32-bit fieldbus equivalent: Scaling between the value shown on the panel and the
integer used in fieldbus communication when a 32-bit value is selected for
transmission to an external system.
Corresponding 16-bit scalings are listed in chapter Parameters (page 39).

List Selection list.

No. Parameter number.


140 Additional parameter data

PB Packed boolean.

Real 16-bit value 16-bit value (31 bits + sign)

= integer value = fractional value

Type Data type. See Analog src, Binary src, List, PB, Real.

Fieldbus addresses
Refer to the user’s manual of the fieldbus adapter.
Additional parameter data 141

Parameter groups 101…107


No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32
101 Actual values
101.01 DC voltage Real 0.00 … 2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
101.02 Line current Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
101.03 Line current % Real 0.0…1000.0 % 10 = 1%
101.08 Frequency Real 0.00…100.00 Hz 100 = 1 Hz
101.09 Grid voltage Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
101.12 Power Real -30000.00…30000.00 kW 100 = 1 kW
101.13 Power % Real -1000.0…1000.0 % 10 = 1%
101.22 kWh supply Real -1000…1000 kWh 1 = 1 kWh
101.23 MWh supply Real -1000…1000 MWh 1 = 1 MWh
101.24 GWh supply Real -32768…32767 GWh 1 = 1 GWh
101.31 Ambient temperature Real -30000.0…30000.0 °C 10 = 1°C
101.61 Nominal supply voltage Real 0…2000 V 1=1V
101.62 Nominal DC voltage Real 0…2000 V 1=1V
101.63 Nominal current Real 0…30000 A 1=1A
101.64 Nominal power Real 0…30000 kW 1 = 1 kW
101.70 Ambient temperature Real -200.00…200.00 % 100 = 1%
percent
104 Warnings and faults
104.01 Tripping fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.02 Active fault 2 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.03 Active fault 3 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.04 Active fault 4 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.05 Active fault 5 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.06 Active warning 1 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.07 Active warning 2 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.08 Active warning 3 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.09 Active warning 4 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.10 Active warning 5 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.11 Latest fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.12 2nd latest fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.13 3rd latest fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.14 4th latest fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.15 5th latest fault Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.16 Latest warning Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.17 2nd latest warning Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.18 3rd latest warning Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.19 4th latest warning Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.20 5th latest warning Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
104.25 Faulted modules PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
105 Diagnostics
105.01 On-time counter Real 0…65535 d 1=1d
105.02 Run-time counter Real 0…65535 d 1=1d
105.04 Main fan on-time counter Real 0…65535 d 1=1d
105.09 Time from power-up Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
105.10 Control board temperature Real -50…150 °C 1 = 1 °C
142 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


105.11 Converter temperature % Real -40.0…160.0 % 10 = 1%
105.18 Control board humidity Real 0…100 % 1 = 1%
105.21 MCB closing time counter Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
106 Control and status words
106.01 Main control word PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.03 FBA A transparent control PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
word
106.04 FBA B transparent control PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
word
106.11 Main status word PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.16 Drive status word 1 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.17 Drive status word 2 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.18 Start inhibit status word PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.25 Drive inhibit status word 2 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
106.30 MSW bit 11 sel Binary src - - 1=1
106.31 MSW bit 12 sel Binary src - - 1=1
106.32 MSW bit 13 sel Binary src - - 1=1
106.33 MSW bit 15 sel Binary src - - 1=1
106.50 User status word 1 PB - - 1=1
106.60 User status word 1 bit 0 sel PB - - 1=1
106.61 User status word 1 bit 1 sel PB - - 1=1
106.62 User status word 1 bit 2 sel PB - - 1=1
106.63 User status word 1 bit 3 sel PB - - 1=1
106.64 User status word 1 bit 4 sel PB - - 1=1
106.65 User status word 1 bit 5 sel PB - - 1=1
106.66 User status word 1 bit 6 sel PB - - 1=1
106.67 User status word 1 bit 7 sel PB - - 1=1
106.68 User status word 1 bit 8 sel PB - - 1=1
106.69 User status word 1 bit 9 sel PB - - 1=1
106.70 User status word 1 bit 10 PB - - 1=1
sel
106.71 User status word 1 bit 11 sel PB - - 1=1
106.72 User status word 1 bit 12 PB - - 1=1
sel
106.73 User status word 1 bit 13 PB - - 1=1
sel
106.74 User status word 1 bit 14 PB - - 1=1
sel
106.75 User status word 1 bit 15 PB - - 1=1
sel
107 System info
107.03 Drive rating id List 0…999 - 1=1
107.04 Firmware name List - - 1=1
107.05 Firmware version Data - - 1=1
107.06 Loading package name List - - 1=1
107.07 Loading package version Data - - 1=1
107.08 Bootloader version Data - - 1=1
107.11 Cpu usage Real 0…100 % 1 = 1%
107.13 PU logic version number Data - - 1=1
107.14 FPGA logic version name List - - 1=1
Additional parameter data 143

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


107.15 FPGA logic version number Data - - 1=1
107.30 Adaptive program status Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
107.60 Device DNA bits [95..64] Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
107.61 Device DNA bits [63..32] Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
107.62 Device DNA bits [31..0] Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
107.63 Remove all Control Tokens Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
107.64 Active control tokens 1 Data 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
144 Additional parameter data

Parameter groups 110…209


No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32
110 Standard DI, RO
110.01 DI status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
110.02 DI delayed status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
110.03 DI force selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
110.04 DI force data PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
110.05 DI1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.06 DI1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.07 DI2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.08 DI2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.09 DI3 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.10 DI3 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.11 DI4 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.12 DI4 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.13 DI5 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.14 DI5 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.15 DI6 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.16 DI6 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.21 RO status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
110.24 RO1 source Binary src - - 1=1
110.25 RO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.26 RO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.27 RO2 source Binary src - - 1=1
110.28 RO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.29 RO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.30 RO3 source Binary src - -
110.31 RO3 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.32 RO3 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
110.51 DI filter time Real 0.3 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
110.99 RO/DIO control word PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
111 Standard DIO, FI, FO
111.01 DIO status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
111.02 DIO delayed status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
111.05 DIO1 function List 0…2 - 1=1
111.06 DIO1 output source Binary src - - 1=1
111.07 DIO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
111.08 DIO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
111.09 DIO2 function List 0…1 - 1=1
111.10 DIO2 output source Binary src - - 1=1
111.11 DIO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
111.12 DIO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
111.38 Freq in 1 actual value Real 0…16000 Hz 1 = 1 Hz
111.39 Freq in 1 scaled Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
111.42 Freq in 1 min Real 0…16000 Hz 1 = 1 Hz
111.43 Freq in 1 max Real 0…16000 Hz 1 = 1 Hz
111.44 Freq in 1 at scaled min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
111.45 Freq in 1 at scaled max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
111.81 DIO filter time Real 0.3 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
Additional parameter data 145

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


112 Standard AI
112.03 AI supervision function List 0…2 - 1=1
112.04 AI supervision selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
112.11 AI1 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.12 AI1 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
112.15 AI1 unit selection List 2…10 - 1=1
112.16 AI1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
112.17 AI1 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 V
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.18 AI1 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 V
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.19 AI1 scaled at AI1 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
112.20 AI1 scaled at AI1 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
112.21 AI2 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.22 AI2 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
112.25 AI2 unit selection List 2…10 - 1=1
112.26 AI2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1s
112.27 AI2 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.28 AI2 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
-11.000 … 11.000 V
112.29 AI2 scaled at AI2 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
112.30 AI2 scaled at AI2 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
113 Standard AO
113.11 AO1 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.0000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.12 AO1 source Analog src - - 1=1
113.16 AO1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
113.17 AO1 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
113.18 AO1 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
113.19 AO1 out at AO1 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.20 AO1 out at AO1 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.21 AO2 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.22 AO2 source Analog src - - 1=1
113.26 AO2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
113.27 AO2 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
113.28 AO2 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
113.29 AO2 out at AO2 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.30 AO2 out at AO2 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
113.91 AO1 data storage Real -327.68 … 327.67 - 100 = 1
113.92 AO2 data storage Real -327.68 … 327.67 - 100 = 1
114 Extension I/O module 1
114.01 Module 1 type List 0…4 - 1=1
114.02 Module 1 location Real 1…254 - 1=1
114.03 Module 1 status List 0…25 - 1=1
DIx (114.01 Module 1 type = FDIO-01)
114.05 DI status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
114.06 DI delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
114.08 DI filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
146 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


114.12 DI1 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
114.13 DI1 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
114.17 DI2 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
114.18 DI2 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
114.22 DI3 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
114.23 DI3 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
Common parameters for DIOx (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
114.05 DIO status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
114.06 DIO delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
DIO1/DIO2 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
114.08 DIO filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
114.09 DIO1 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
114.11 DIO1 output source Binary src - - 1=1
114.12 DIO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.13 DIO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.14 DIO2 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
114.16 DIO2 output source Binary src - - 1=1
114.17 DIO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.18 DIO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
DIO3/DIO4 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01)
114.19 DIO3 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
114.21 DIO3 output source Binary src - - 1=1
114.22 DIO3 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.23 DIO3 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.24 DIO4 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
114.26 DIO4 output source Binary src - - 1=1
114.27 DIO4 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.28 DIO4 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
RO1/RO2 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01)
114.31 RO status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
114.34 RO1 source Binary src - - 1=1
114.35 RO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.36 RO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.37 RO2 source Binary src - - 1=1
114.38 RO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
114.39 RO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
Common parameters for AIx (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
114.19 AI supervision function List 0…2 - 1=1
114.20 AI supervision selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
114.22 AI force sel PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AI1/AI2 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
114.26 AI1 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.27 AI1 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.28 AI1 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.29 AI1 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
114.30 AI1 unit selection List - - 1=1
114.31 AI1 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
114.32 AI1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
Additional parameter data 147

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


114.33 AI1 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.34 AI1 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.41 AI2 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.42 AI2 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.43 AI2 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.44 AI2 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
114.45 AI2 unit selection List - - 1=1
114.46 AI2 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
114.47 AI2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
114.48 AI2 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.49 AI2 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
AI3 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11)
114.56 AI3 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.57 AI3 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.58 AI3 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
114.59 AI3 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
114.60 AI3 unit selection List - - 1=1
114.61 AI3 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
114.62 AI3 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
114.63 AI3 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.64 AI3 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
114.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
114.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
Common parameters for AOx (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
114.71 AO force selection PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AO1 (114.01 Module 1 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
114.76 AO1 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.77 AO1 source Analog src - - 1=1
114.78 AO1 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.79 AO1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
114.80 AO1 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
114.81 AO1 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
114.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
AO2 (114.01 Module 1 type = FAIO-01)
114.86 AO2 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.87 AO2 source Analog src - - 1=1
114.88 AO2 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.89 AO2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
114.90 AO2 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
148 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


114.91 AO2 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
114.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
114.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115 Extension I/O module 2
115.01 Module 2 type List 0…4 - 1=1
115.02 Module 2 location Real 1…254 - 1=1
115.03 Module 2 status List 0…25 - 1=1
DIx (115.01 Module 2 type = FDIO-01)
115.05 DI status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
115.06 DI delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
115.08 DI filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
115.12 DI1 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
115.13 DI1 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
115.17 DI2 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
115.18 DI2 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
115.22 DI3 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
115.23 DI3 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
Common parameters for DIOx (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
115.05 DIO status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
115.06 DIO delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
DIO1/DIO2 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
115.08 DIO filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
115.09 DIO1 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
115.11 DIO1 output source Binary src - - 1=1
115.12 DIO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.13 DIO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.14 DIO2 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
115.16 DIO2 output source Binary src - - 1=1
115.17 DIO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.18 DIO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
DIO3/DIO4 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01)
115.19 DIO3 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
115.21 DIO3 output source Binary src - - 1=1
115.22 DIO3 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.23 DIO3 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.24 DIO4 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
115.26 DIO4 output source Binary src - - 1=1
115.27 DIO4 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.28 DIO4 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
RO1/RO2 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01)
115.31 RO status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
115.34 RO1 source Binary src - - 1=1
115.35 RO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.36 RO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.37 RO2 source Binary src - - 1=1
115.38 RO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
115.39 RO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
Common parameters for AIx (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
115.19 AI supervision function List 0…2 - 1=1
Additional parameter data 149

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


115.20 AI supervision selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
115.22 AI force sel PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AI1/AI2 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
115.26 AI1 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.27 AI1 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.28 AI1 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.29 AI1 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
115.30 AI1 unit selection List - - 1=1
115.31 AI1 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
115.32 AI1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
115.33 AI1 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.34 AI1 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.41 AI2 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.42 AI2 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.43 AI2 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.44 AI2 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
115.45 AI2 unit selection List - - 1=1
115.46 AI2 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
115.47 AI2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
115.48 AI2 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.49 AI2 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
AI3 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11)
115.56 AI3 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.57 AI3 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.58 AI3 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
115.59 AI3 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
115.60 AI3 unit selection List - - 1=1
115.61 AI3 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
115.62 AI3 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
115.63 AI3 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.64 AI3 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
115.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
115.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
Common parameters for AOx (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
115.71 AO force selection PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AO1 (115.01 Module 2 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
115.76 AO1 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.77 AO1 source Analog src - - 1=1
115.78 AO1 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.79 AO1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
150 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


115.80 AO1 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
115.81 AO1 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
115.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
AO2 (115.01 Module 2 type = FAIO-01)
115.86 AO2 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.87 AO2 source Analog src - - 1=1
115.88 AO2 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.89 AO2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
115.90 AO2 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
115.91 AO2 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
115.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
115.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116 Extension I/O module 3
116.01 Module 3 type List 0…4 - 1=1
116.02 Module 3 location Real 1…254 - 1=1
116.03 Module 3 status List 0…25 - 1=1
DIx (116.01 Module 3 type = FDIO-01)
116.05 DI status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
116.06 DI delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
116.08 DI filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
116.12 DI1 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
116.13 DI1 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
116.17 DI2 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
116.18 DI2 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
116.22 DI3 ON delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
116.23 DI3 OFF delay Real 0.00 … 3000.00 s 100 = 1 s
Common parameters for DIOx (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
116.05 DIO status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
116.06 DIO delayed status PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
DIO1/DIO2 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FIO-11)
116.08 DIO filter time Real 0.8 … 100.0 ms 10 = 1 ms
116.09 DIO1 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
116.11 DIO1 output source Binary src - - 1=1
116.12 DIO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.13 DIO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.14 DIO2 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
116.16 DIO2 output source Binary src - - 1=1
116.17 DIO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.18 DIO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
DIO3/DIO4 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01)
116.19 DIO3 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
116.21 DIO3 output source Binary src - - 1=1
116.22 DIO3 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.23 DIO3 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.24 DIO4 configuration List 0…1 - 1=1
116.26 DIO4 output source Binary src - - 1=1
116.27 DIO4 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.28 DIO4 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
Additional parameter data 151

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


RO1/RO2 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-01 or FDIO-01)
116.31 RO status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
116.34 RO1 source Binary src - - 1=1
116.35 RO1 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.36 RO1 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.37 RO2 source Binary src - - 1=1
116.38 RO2 ON delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
116.39 RO2 OFF delay Real 0.0 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
Common parameters for AIx (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
116.19 AI supervision function List 0…2 - 1=1
116.20 AI supervision selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
116.22 AI force sel PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AI1/AI2 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
116.26 AI1 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.27 AI1 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.28 AI1 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.29 AI1 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
116.30 AI1 unit selection List - - 1=1
116.31 AI1 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
116.32 AI1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
116.33 AI1 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
116.34 AI1 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
116.35 AI1 scaled at AI1 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.36 AI1 scaled at AI1 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.41 AI2 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.42 AI2 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.43 AI2 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.44 AI2 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
116.45 AI2 unit selection List - - 1=1
116.46 AI2 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
116.47 AI2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
116.48 AI2 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
116.49 AI2 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
116.50 AI2 scaled at AI2 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.51 AI2 scaled at AI2 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
AI3 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11)
116.56 AI3 actual value Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.57 AI3 scaled value Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.58 AI3 force data Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 unit
116.59 AI3 HW switch pos List - - 1=1
116.60 AI3 unit selection List - - 1=1
116.61 AI3 filter gain List 0…7 - 1=1
116.62 AI3 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
116.63 AI3 min Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
152 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


116.64 AI3 max Real -22.000 … 22.000 mA or V 1000 = 1 mA
or V
116.65 AI3 scaled at AI3 min Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
116.66 AI3 scaled at AI3 max Real -32768.000 … 32767.000 - 1000 = 1
Common parameters for AOx (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
116.71 AO force selection PB 00000000h…FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
AO1 (116.01 Module 3 type = FIO-11 or FAIO-01)
116.76 AO1 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.77 AO1 source Analog src - - 1=1
116.78 AO1 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.79 AO1 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
116.80 AO1 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
116.81 AO1 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
116.82 AO1 out at AO1 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.83 AO1 out at AO1 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
AO2 (116.01 Module 3 type = FAIO-01)
116.86 AO2 actual value Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.87 AO2 source Analog src - - 1=1
116.88 AO2 force data Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.89 AO2 filter time Real 0.000 … 30.000 s 1000 = 1 s
116.90 AO2 source min Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
116.91 AO2 source max Real -32768.0 … 32767.0 - 10 = 1
116.92 AO2 out at AO2 src min Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
116.93 AO2 out at AO2 src max Real 0.000 … 22.000 mA 1000 = 1 mA
119 Operation mode
119.11 Ext1/Ext2 sel Binary src - - 1=1
119.17 Local ctrl disable List 0…1 - 1=1
120 Start/stop
120.01 Ext1 commands List 0…16 - 1=1
120.02 Ext1 start trigger List 0…1 - 1=1
120.03 Ext1 in1 Binary src - - 1=1
120.04 Ext1 in2 Binary src - - 1=1
120.06 Ext2 commands List 0…16 - 1=1
120.07 Ext2 start trigger List 0…1 - 1=1
120.08 Ext2 in1 Binary src - - 1=1
120.09 Ext2 in2 Binary src - - 1=1
120.12 Run enable 1 Binary src - - 1=1
120.19 Enable start signal Binary src - - 1=1
120.21 Delay for MCB DI3 Real 0.00…8.00 s 100 = 1 s
supervision
120.23 Max DC charging time Real 0.00 … 10.00 s 100 = 1 s
120.25 MCB closing level Real 20…100 % 1 = 1%
120.26 Maximum dU/dt Real 0 … 200 V/s 1 = 1 V/s
120.27 Start delay Real 0.00 … 10.00 s 100 = 1 s
120.28 MCB relay timing Real -6.00 … 6.00 s 100 = 1 s
120.30 External charge enable List 0…1 - 1=1
120.45 Charging counter disable List 0…1 - 1=1
120.50 Charging overload event List 0…2 - 1=1
sel
Additional parameter data 153

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


120.60 DC voltage external Real 0.00…65535.00 - 100 = 1
unscaled
120.61 External DC voltage scale Real -100.00…100.00 - 100 = 1
121 Start/stop mode
121.04 Emergency stop mode List 0…2 - 1=1
121.05 Emergency stop source Binary src - - 1=1
131 Fault functions
131.01 External event 1 source Binary src - - 1=1
131.02 External event 1 type List 0…3 - 1=1
131.03 External event 2 source Binary src - - 1=1
131.04 External event 2 type List 0…3 - 1=1
131.05 External event 3 source Binary src - - 1=1
131.06 External event 3 type List 0…3 - 1=1
131.07 External event 4 source Binary src - - 1=1
131.08 External event 4 type List 0…3 - 1=1
131.09 External event 5 source Binary src - - 1=1
131.10 External event 5 type List 0…3 - 1=1
131.11 Fault reset selection Binary src - - 1=1
131.12 Autoreset selection PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
131.13 User selectable fault PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
131.14 Number of trials Real 0…5 - 1=1
131.15 Total trials time Real 1.0 … 600.0 s 10 = 1 s
131.16 Delay time Real 0.0 … 120.0 s 10 = 1 s
131.28 Ext earth leakage signal Binary src - - 1=1
source
131.29 Ext earth leakage action List 0…1 - 1=1
131.32 Aux circuit breaker fault Binary src - - 1=1
source
131.33 Cabinet temperature fault Binary src - - 1=1
source
131.34 Cabinet temperature List 0…1 - 1=1
supervision
131.35 Main fan fault function List 0…2 - 1=1
131.38 Fuse trip fault source Binary src - - 1=1
131.39 Brake chopper fault source Binary src - - 1=1
131.40 Disable warning messages PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
131.55 Ext I/O comm loss event List 0…2 - 1=1
133 Generic timer & counter
133.01 Counter status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.10 On-time 1 act Real 0…4294967295 s 1=1
133.11 On-time 1 limit Real 0…4294967295 s 1=1
133.12 On-time 1 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.13 On-time 1 src Binary src - - 1=1
133.14 On-time 1 warn sel List - - 1=1
133.20 On-time 2 act Real 0…4294967295 s 1=1
133.21 On-time 2 limit Real 0…4294967295 s 1=1
133.22 On-time 2 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.23 On-time 2 src Binary src - - 1=1
133.24 On-time 2 warn sel List - - 1=1
133.30 Edge count 1 act Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
154 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


133.31 Edge count 1 limit Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
133.32 Edge count 1 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.33 Edge count 1 src Binary src - - 1=1
133.34 Edge count 1 div Real 1…4294967295 - 1=1
133.35 Edge count 1 warn sel List - - 1=1
133.40 Edge count 2 act Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
133.41 Edge count 2 limit Real 0…4294967295 - 1=1
133.42 Edge count 2 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.43 Edge count 2 src Binary src - - 1=1
133.44 Edge count 2 div Real 1…4294967295 - 1=1
133.45 Edge count 2 warn sel List - - 1=1
133.50 Value count 1 act Real -2147483008 … 2147483008 - 1=1
133.51 Value count 1 limit Real -2147483008 … 2147483008 - 1=1
133.52 Value count 1 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.53 Value count 1 src Analog src - - 1=1
133.54 Value count 1 div Real 0.001 … 2147483.000 - 1000 = 1
133.55 Value count 1 warn sel List - - 1=1
133.60 Value count 2 act Real -2147483008 … 2147483008 - 1=1
133.61 Value count 2 limit Real -2147483008 … 2147483008 - 1=1
133.62 Value count 2 func PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
133.63 Value count 2 src Analog src - - 1=1
133.64 Value count 2 div Real 0.001 … 2147483.000 - 1000 = 1
133.65 Value count 2 warn sel List - - 1=1
136 Load analyzer
136.01 PVL signal source Analog src - - 1=1
136.02 PVL filter time Real 0.00 … 120.00 s 100 = 1 s
136.06 AL2 signal source Analog src - - 1=1
136.07 AL2 signal scaling Real 0.00 … 32767.00 - 100 = 1
136.09 Reset loggers List 0…3 - 1=1
136.10 PVL peak value Real -32768.00 … 32767.00 - 100 = 1
136.11 PVL peak date Data - - 1=1
136.12 PVL peak time Data - - 1=1
136.13 PVL current at peak Real -32768.00 … 32767.00 A 100 = 1 A
136.14 PVL DC voltage at peak Real 0.00 … 2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
136.15 PVL power at peak Real -32768.0…32767.0 kW 10 = 1 kW
136.16 PVL reset date Data - - 1=1
136.17 PVL reset time Data - - 1=1
136.20 AL1 below 10% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.21 AL1 10 to 20% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.22 AL1 20 to 30% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.23 AL1 30 to 40% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.24 AL1 40 to 50% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.25 AL1 50 to 60% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.26 AL1 60 to 70% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.27 AL1 70 to 80% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.28 AL1 80 to 90% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.29 AL1 over 90% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.40 AL2 below 10% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.41 AL2 10 to 20% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
Additional parameter data 155

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


136.42 AL2 20 to 30% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.43 AL2 30 to 40% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.44 AL2 40 to 50% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.45 AL2 50 to 60% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.46 AL2 60 to 70% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.47 AL2 70 to 80% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.48 AL2 80 to 90% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.49 AL2 over 90% Real 0.00 … 100.00 % 100 = 1%
136.50 AL2 reset date Data - - 1=1
136.51 AL2 reset time Data - - 1=1
147 Data storage
147.01 Data storage 1 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.02 Data storage 2 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.03 Data storage 3 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.04 Data storage 4 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.05 Data storage 5 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.06 Data storage 6 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.07 Data storage 7 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.08 Data storage 8 real32 Real -32768.000…32767.000 - 1000 = 1
147.11 Data storage 1 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.12 Data storage 2 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.13 Data storage 3 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.14 Data storage 4 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.15 Data storage 5 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.16 Data storage 6 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.17 Data storage 7 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.18 Data storage 8 int32 Real -2147483648…2147483647 - 1=1
147.21 Data storage 1 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.22 Data storage 2 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.23 Data storage 3 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.24 Data storage 4 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.25 Data storage 5 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.26 Data storage 6 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.27 Data storage 7 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
147.28 Data storage 8 int16 Real -32768…32767 - 1=1
149 Panel port communication
149.01 Node ID number Real 1…32 - 1=1
149.03 Baud rate List 1…7 - 1=1
149.04 Communication loss time Real 0.3 … 3000.0 s 10 = 1 s
149.05 Communication loss action List 0…1 - 1=1
149.06 Refresh settings List 0…1 - 1=1
150 FBA
150.01 FBA A enable List 0…3 - 1=1
150.02 FBA A comm loss func List 0…5 - 1=1
150.03 FBA A comm loss t out Real 0.3 … 6553.5 s 10 = 1 s
150.07 FBA A actual 1 type List 1…2 - 1=1
150.08 FBA A actual 2 type List 1…2 - 1=1
150.10 FBA A act1 transparent Analog src - - 1=1
source
156 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


150.11 FBA A act2 transparent Analog src - - 1=1
source
150.12 FBA A debug mode List 0…1 - 1=1
150.13 FBA A control word Data 00000000h …FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
150.16 FBA A status word Data 00000000h …FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
150.17 FBA A actual value 1 Real -2147483648 …2147483647 - 1=1
150.18 FBA A actual value 2 Real -2147483648 …2147483647 - 1=1
150.21 FBA A timelevel sel List 0…3 - 1=1
150.31 FBA B enable List 0…3 - 1=1
150.32 FBA B comm loss func List 0…5 - 1=1
150.33 FBA B comm loss timeout Real 0.3 … 6553.5 s 10 = 1 s
150.37 FBA B actual 1 type List 1…2 - 1=1
150.38 FBA B actual 2 type List 1…2 - 1=1
150.39 FBA B SW transparent Analog src - - 1=1
source
150.40 FBA B act1 transparent Analog src - - 1=1
source
150.41 FBA B act2 transparent Analog src - - 1=1
source
150.42 FBA B debug mode List 0…1 - 1=1
150.43 FBA B control word Data 00000000h … FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
150.46 FBA B status word Data 00000000h … FFFFFFFFh - 1=1
150.47 FBA B actual value 1 Real -2147483648 …2147483647 - 1=1
150.48 FBA B actual value 2 Real -2147483648 …2147483647 - 1=1
150.51 FBA B timelevel sel List 0…3 - 1=1
151 FBA A settings
151.01 FBA A type List - - 1=1
151.02 FBA A Par2 Real 0…65535 - 1=1
… … … … … …
151.26 FBA A Par26 Real 0…65535 - 1=1
151.27 FBA A par refresh List 0…1 - 1=1
151.28 FBA A par table ver Data - - 1=1
151.29 FBA A drive type code Real 0…65535 - 1=1
151.30 FBA A mapping file ver Real 0…65535 - 1=1
151.31 D2FBA A comm status List 0…6 - 1=1
151.32 FBA A comm SW ver Data - - 1=1
151.33 FBA A appl SW ver Data - - 1=1
152 FBA A data in
152.01 FBA A data in1 List - - 1=1
… … … … … …
152.12 FBA A data in12 List - - 1=1
153 FBA A data out
153.01 FBA data out1 List - - 1=1
… … … … … …
153.12 FBA data out12 List - - 1=1
154 FBA B settings
154.01 FBA B type List - - 1=1
154.02 FBA B Par2 Real 0…65535 - 1=1
… … … … …
Additional parameter data 157

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


154.26 FBA B Par26 Real 0…65535 - 1=1
154.27 FBA B par refresh List 0…1 - 1=1
154.28 FBA B par table ver Data - - 1=1
154.29 FBA B drive type code Real 0…65535 - 1=1
154.30 FBA B mapping file ver Real 0…65535 - 1=1
154.31 D2FBA B comm status List 0…6 - 1=1
154.32 FBA B comm SW ver Data - - 1=1
154.33 FBA B appl SW ver Data - - 1=1
155 FBA B data in
155.01 FBA B data in1 List - - 1=1
… … … … …
155.12 FBA B data in12 List - - 1=1
156 FBA B data out
156.01 FBA B data out1 List - - 1=1
… … … … …
156.12 FBA B data out12 List - - 1=1
160 DDCS communication
160.41 Extension adapter com List - - -
port
160.51 DDCS controller comm port List - - -
160.52 DDCS controller node Real 1…254 - -
address
160.55 DDCS controller HW List 0…1 - -
connection
160.56 DDCS controller baud rate List 0…3 - -
160.57 DDCS controller link control Real 1…15 - -
160.58 DDCS controller comm loss Real 0…60000 ms -
time
160.59 DDCS controller comm loss List 0…5 - -
action
160.64 Mailbox dataset selection List 0…1 - -
161 DDCS transmit
161.51 Data set 11 data 1 selection List - - -
161.52 Data set 11 data 2 selection List - - -
161.53 Data set 11 data 3 selection List - - -
161.54 Data set 13 data 1 selection List - - -
161.55 Data set 13 data 2 selection List - - -
161.56 Data set 13 data 3 selection List - - -
161.57 Data set 15 data 1 selection List - - -
161.58 Data set 15 data 2 selection List - - -
161.59 Data set 15 data 3 selection List - - -
161.60 Data set 17 data 1 selection List - - -
161.61 Data set 17 data 2 selection List - - -
161.62 Data set 17 data 3 selection List - - -
161.63 Data set 19 data 1 selection List - - -
161.64 Data set 19 data 2 selection List - - -
161.65 Data set 19 data 3 selection List - - -
161.66 Data set 21 data 1 selection List - - -
161.67 Data set 21 data 2 selection List - - -
158 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


161.68 Data set 21 data 3 selection List - - -
161.69 Data set 23 data 1 selection List - - -
161.70 Data set 23 data 2 selection List - - -
161.71 Data set 23 data 3 selection List - - -
161.72 Data set 25 data 1 selection List - - -
161.73 Data set 25 data 2 selection List - - -
161.74 Data set 25 data 3 selection List - - -
161.101 Data set 11 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.102 Data set 11 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.103 Data set 11 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.104 Data set 13 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.105 Data set 13 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.106 Data set 13 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.107 Data set 15 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.108 Data set 15 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.109 Data set 15 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.110 Data set 17 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.111 Data set 17 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.112 Data set 17 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.113 Data set 19 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.114 Data set 19 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.115 Data set 19 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.116 Data set 21 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.117 Data set 21 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.118 Data set 21 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.119 Data set 23 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.120 Data set 23 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.121 Data set 23 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.122 Data set 25 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.123 Data set 25 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
161.124 Data set 25 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162 DDCS receive
162.51 Data set 10 data 1 selection List - - -
162.52 Data set 10 data 2 selection List - - -
162.53 Data set 10 data 3 selection List - - -
162.54 Data set 12 data 1 selection List - - -
162.55 Data set 12 data 2 selection List - - -
162.56 Data set 12 data 3 selection List - - -
162.57 Data set 14 data 1 selection List - - -
162.58 Data set 14 data 2 selection List - - -
162.59 Data set 14 data 3 selection List - - -
162.60 Data set 16 data 1 selection List - - -
162.61 Data set 16 data 2 selection List - - -
162.62 Data set 16 data 3 selection List - - -
162.63 Data set 18 data 1 selection List - - -
162.64 Data set 18 data 2 selection List - - -
162.65 Data set 18 data 3 selection List - - -
162.66 Data set 20 data 1 selection List - - -
162.67 Data set 20 data 2 selection List - - -
Additional parameter data 159

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


162.68 Data set 20 data 3 selection List - - -
162.69 Data set 22 data 1 selection List - - -
162.70 Data set 22 data 2 selection List - - -
162.71 Data set 22 data 3 selection List - - -
162.72 Data set 24 data 1 selection List - - -
162.73 Data set 24 data 2 selection List - - -
162.74 Data set 24 data 3 selection List - - -
162.101 Data set 10 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.102 Data set 10 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.103 Data set 10 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.104 Data set 12 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.105 Data set 12 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.106 Data set 12 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.107 Data set 14 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.108 Data set 14 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.109 Data set 14 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.110 Data set 16 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.111 Data set 16 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.112 Data set 16 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.113 Data set 18 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.114 Data set 18 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.115 Data set 18 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.116 Data set 20 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.117 Data set 20 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.118 Data set 20 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.119 Data set 22 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.120 Data set 22 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.121 Data set 22 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.122 Data set 24 data 1 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.123 Data set 24 data 2 value Real 0…65535 - -
162.124 Data set 24 data 3 value Real 0…65535 - -
190 Additional actual values
190.06 Main voltage U1-V1 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
190.07 Main voltage V1-W1 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
190.08 Main voltage W1-U1 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
190.40 Phase current U1 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.41 Phase current V1 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.42 Phase current W1 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.70 DC current 1 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.71 DC current 1 peak Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.72 DC current 1 fast Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
190.73 DC voltage 1 fast Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
190.74 Main voltage 1 fast Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
190.75 LSU status word 1 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
192 Additional actual values 2
192.06 Main voltage U2-V2 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
192.07 Main voltage V2-W2 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
192.08 Main voltage W2-U2 Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
192.40 Phase current U2 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
160 Additional parameter data

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


192.41 Phase current V2 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
192.42 Phase current W2 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
192.70 DC current 2 Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
192.71 DC current 2 peak Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
192.72 DC current 2 fast Real 0.00…30000.00 A 100 = 1 A
192.73 DC voltage 2 fast Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
192.74 Main voltage 2 fast Real 0.00…2000.00 V 100 = 1 V
192.75 LSU status word 2 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
195 HW configuration
195.01 Supply voltage List 0…6 - 1=1
195.04 Control board supply List 0…2 - 1=1
195.13 Reduced run mode List 0…65535 - 1=1
195.14 Connected modules PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
195.20 HW options word 1 PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
195.30 Parallel type list filter List 0…3 - 1=1
195.31 Parallel connection rating List - - 1=1
id
195.38 DOL fan start delay Real 0…60 s -
196 System
196.01 Language List - - 1=1
196.02 Pass code Data 0…99999999 - 1=1
196.03 Access levels active PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
196.06 Parameter restore List - - 1=1
196.07 Parameter save manually List 0…1 - 1=1
196.08 Control board boot Real 0…1 - 1=1
196.20 Time sync primary source List 0…9 - 1=1
196.24 Full days since 1st Jan 1980 Real 1…59999 - 1=1
196.25 Time in minutes within 24 h Real 0…1439 - 1=1
196.26 Time in ms within one Real 0…59999 - 1=1
minute
196.29 Time sync source status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
196.51 Clear fault and event logger PB 0…65535 - 1=1
196.61 User data logger status PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
word
196.63 User data logger trigger Binary src - - -
196.64 User data logger start Binary src - - -
196.65 Factory data logger time List - - 1=1
level
196.70 Disable adaptive program Data 0…1 - 1=1
(Parameters 196.100…196.102 only visible when enabled by parameter 196.02)
196.100 Change user pass code Data 10000000…99999999 - 1=1
196.101 Confirm user pass code Data 10000000…99999999 - 1=1
196.102 User lock functionality PB 0000h…FFFFh - 1=1
Additional parameter data 161

No. Name Type Range Unit FbEq32


206 I/O bus configuration
207 I/O bus service
208 I/O bus diagnostics
209 I/O bus fan identification
(Groups only visible with a UCU control unit) These groups contain parameters related to the
distributed I/O bus, which is used with some drives for monitoring the cooling fans of the cabinet
system. For details, see CIO-01 I/O module and distributed I/O bus user’s manual (3AXD50000126880
[English]).
162 Additional parameter data
Fault tracing 163

7
Fault tracing

Contents of this chapter


The chapter lists the warning and fault messages including possible causes and
corrective actions. The causes of most warnings and faults can be identified and
corrected using the information in this chapter. If not, an ABB service representative
should be contacted.
Warnings and faults are listed below in separate tables. Each table is sorted by
warning/fault code.

Safety

WARNING! Only qualified electricians are allowed to service the diode supply
unit. Read the safety instructions in ACS880 multidrives cabinets and
modules safety instructions (3AUA0000102301 [English]) for air-cooled
units, and ACS880 liquid-cooled multidrives cabinets and modules safety
instructions (3AXD50000048633 [English]) for liquid-cooled units before working on
the diode supply unit.
164 Fault tracing

Indications
 Warnings and faults
Warnings and faults indicate an abnormal status. The codes and names of active
warnings/faults are displayed on the control panel as well as the Drive composer PC
tool. Only the codes of warnings/faults are available over fieldbus.
Warnings do not need to be reset; they stop showing when the cause of the warning
ceases. After the cause of the fault has been corrected, the active fault can be reset
from the control panel or Drive composer PC tool. The control panel can be in local or
remote (external) control mode. When the fault has been removed, the diode supply
unit can be restarted. Faults can also be reset from an external source selected by
parameter 131.11 Fault reset selection.
Warning and fault indications can be directed to a relay output or a digital
input/output by selecting Warning, Fault or Fault (-1) in the source selection
parameter. See sections
• Programmable digital inputs and outputs (page 24)
• Programmable relay outputs (page 24), and
• Programmable I/O extensions (page 25).

 Editable messages
For some warnings and faults, the message text can be edited and instructions and
contact information added. To edit these messages, choose Menu - Settings - Edit
texts on the control panel.

Warning/fault history and analysis


 Event logs
The diode supply unit has two event logs that can be accessed from the main Menu
on the control panel. The logs can also be accessed (and reset) using the Drive
composer PC tool.
One of the logs contains faults and fault resets. The other log lists warnings and
pure events, as well as clearing entries. Both logs contain the 64 most recent events.
All indications are stored in the event logs with a time stamp and other information.

Auxiliary codes
Some events generate an auxiliary code that often helps in pinpointing the problem.
The auxiliary code is displayed on the control panel together with the message. It is
also stored in the event log details. In the Drive composer PC tool, the auxiliary code
(if any) is shown in the event listing.

Factory data logger


The diode supply unit has a data logger that samples preselected values at
500-microsecond (default; see parameter 196.65 Factory data logger time level)
intervals. By default, approximately 700 samples recorded immediately before and
after a fault are saved to the memory unit of the diode supply unit. The fault data of
the last five faults is accessible in the event log when viewed in the Drive composer
pro PC tool. (The fault data is not accessible through the control panel.)
For DxT modules, the values that are recorded in the factory data log are 190.74 Main
voltage 1 fast, 190.73 DC voltage 1 fast, 190.72 DC current 1 fast, 106.11 Main status
Fault tracing 165

word, 190.75 LSU status word 1, 106.01 Main control word, 110.01 DI status. The
selection of parameters cannot be changed by the user.

 Other data loggers


User data logger
A custom data logger can be configured using the Drive composer pro PC tool. This
functionality enables the free selection of up to eight parameters to be sampled at
selectable intervals. The triggering conditions and the length of the monitoring
period can also be defined by the user within the limit of approximately 8000
samples. In addition to the PC tool, the status of the logger is shown by parameter
196.61 User data logger status word. The triggering sources can be selected by
parameters 196.63 User data logger trigger and 196.64 User data logger start). The
configuration, status and collected data is saved to the memory unit for later
analysis.

PSL2 data logger


The UCU control unit contains a data logger that collects data from the diode supply
modules to help fault tracing and analysis. The data is stored onto the microSDHC
memory card inserted into the UMU memory unit and can be analyzed by ABB service
personnel.

 Parameters that contain warning/fault information


The codes of active warnings and faults (maximum five each), and five previously
occurred warnings and faults are stored in the parameters of group 104 Warnings
and faults (page 44).
166 Fault tracing

Warning messages
Code Warning Cause What to do
(hex)
AE14 Excess temperature Supply module heat sink Check module cooling air flow and fan
temperature is excessive due operation.
to eg. module overload or fan Check ambient temperature. If it
failure. (Control program exceeds 40 °C (104 °F), ensure that
generates first a warning, load current does not exceed derated
then a fault.) load capacity. See appropriate
hardware manual.
Check inside of cabinet and heat sink
of the supply module for dust pick-up.
Clean whenever necessary.
Check the wiring and status of thermal
switches inside the supply module(s).
See AE19 Measurement circuit
temperature (page 167).
AE15 Excess temperature High temperature difference Check cooling of drive module(s).
difference between the semiconductors Check the auxiliary code (format XXXY
of different phases. YYZZ). “XXX” indicates the source of
difference (0: Single module,
difference between phase
thyristor/diodes, 1: parallel-connected
modules, minimum-maximum
difference between all
thyristor/diodes of all modules,
2: parallel-connected modules,
minimum-maximum difference
between auxiliary power supply
boards). With parallel-connected
modules, “Y YY” specifies through
which control unit channel the highest
temperature was measured. “ZZ”
specifies the phase (0: single module,
1: U-phase [parallel connection], 2: V-
phase [parallel connection], 3: W-phase
[parallel connection]).
AE17 PU communication Communication errors Check the connections between the
detected between the control unit and the power unit.
control unit and the power Check the auxiliary code (format XXXY
unit. YYZZ). With parallel-connected
modules, “Y YY” specifies the affected
control unit channel (0: broadcast).
“ZZ” specifies the error source
(8: Transmission errors in PSL link [see
“XXX”], 9: Transmitter FIFO warning
limit hit). “XXX” specifies the
transmission error direction and
detailed warning code
(0: Rx/communication error,
1: Tx/Reed-Solomon symbol error,
2: Tx/no synchronization error,
3: Tx/Reed-Solomon decoder failures,
4: Tx/Manchester coding errors).
Fault tracing 167

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE19 Measurement circuit Problem with internal Check the auxiliary code (format XXXY
temperature temperature measurement. YYZZ). “Y YY” specifies through which
control unit channel the fault was
received. “ZZ” specifies the location:
1: U-phase thyristor/diode, 2: V-phase
thyristor/diode, 3: W-phase
thyristor/diode, 4: PCB compartment
fan or power supply board, 5: Power
unit INT board, 6: Brake chopper, 7: Air
inlet (sensor connected to INT board
X10), 8: du/dt filter, FAh: Ambient
temperature.
AE1A PU board powerfail Power unit power supply Contact your local ABB representative.
failure.
AE1B PU communication Communication errors Check the connections between the
internal detected between the control unit and the power unit.
control unit and the power
unit.
AE1C Measurement circuit Problem with measurement Contact your local ABB representative.
ADC circuit of power unit (analog
to digital converter)
AE1D Measurement circuit Problem with current or Contact your local ABB representative.
DFF voltage measurement of
power unit.
AE1E PU state feedback State feedback from output Contact your local ABB representative.
phases does not match
control signals.
AE21 Flash erase speed The flash memory (in the Avoid forcing unnecessary parameter
exceeded memory unit) has been saves by parameter 196.07 or cyclic
erased too frequently, parameter writes (such as user logger
compromising the lifetime of triggering through parameters).
the memory. Check the auxiliary code (format XYYY
YZZZ). “X” specifies the source of
warning (1: generic flash erase
supervision). “ZZZ” specifies the flash
subsector number that generated the
warning.
AE24 Voltage category The supply voltage range has Define supply voltage range
unselected not been defined. (parameter 195.01 Supply voltage).
AE25 FBA A parameter The diode supply unit does Check PLC programming.
conflict not have a functionality Check settings of parameter groups
requested by PLC, or 150 FBA and 151 FBA A settings.
requested functionality has
not been activated.
AE26 FBA B parameter The diode supply unit does Check PLC programming.
conflict not have a functionality Check settings of parameter groups
requested by PLC, or 150 FBA and 154 FBA B settings.
requested functionality has
not been activated.
168 Fault tracing

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE27 AI parametrization The current/voltage jumper Check the auxiliary code. The code
setting of an analog input identifies the analog input whose
does not correspond to settings are in conflict.
parameter settings. Adjust either the hardware setting (on
the control unit) or parameter 112.15
/112.25.
Note: Control unit reboot (either by
cycling the power or through
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
is required to validate any changes in
the hardware settings.
AE2E Extension AI The hardware Check the auxiliary code (format
parameterization current/voltage setting of an XX00 00YY). “XX” specifies the number
analog input (on an I/O of the I/O extension module (01:
extension module) does not parameter group 114 Extension I/O
correspond to parameter module 1, 02: 115 Extension I/O
settings. module 2, 03: 116 Extension I/O
module 3). “YY” specifies the analog
input on the module.
For example, in case of I/O extension
module 1, analog input AI1 (auxiliary
code 0000 0101), the hardware
current/voltage setting on the module
is shown by parameter 114.29. The
corresponding parameter setting is
114.30. Adjust either the hardware
setting on the module or the
parameter to solve the mismatch.
Note: Control unit reboot (either by
cycling the power or through
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
is required to validate any changes in
the hardware settings.
AE2F Extension I/O The I/O extension module Check the auxiliary code. The code
configuration failure types and locations specified indicates which I/O extension module
by parameters do not match is affected.
the detected configuration. Check the type and location settings
of the modules (parameters 114.01,
114.02, 115.01, 115.02, 116.01 and
116.02).
Check that the modules are properly
installed.
AE30 FB A communication Cyclical communication Check status of fieldbus
Programmable between diode supply unit communication. See user
warning: 150.02 FBA and fieldbus adapter module documentation of fieldbus interface.
A comm loss func A or between PLC and Check settings of parameter groups
fieldbus adapter module A is 150 FBA, 151 FBA A settings, 152 FBA A
lost. data in and 153 FBA A data out.
Check cable connections.
Check if communication master is able
to communicate.
Fault tracing 169

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE31 FB B communication Cyclical communication Check status of fieldbus
Programmable between diode supply unit communication. See user
warning: 150.32 FBA and fieldbus adapter module documentation of fieldbus interface.
B comm loss func B or between PLC and Check settings of parameter groups
fieldbus adapter module B is 150 FBA, 154 FBA B settings, 155 FBA B
lost. data in and 156 FBA B data out.
Check cable connections.
Check if communication master is able
to communicate.
AE3E Panel loss Control panel (or PC tool) has Check PC tool or control panel
Programmable stopped communicating. connection.
warning: Check control panel connector.
149.05 Check mounting platform if being
Communication loss used.
action Disconnect and reconnect the control
panel.
AE40 Output relay warning Warning generated by an Check the event log for an auxiliary code.
AE41 Supply unit starts edge counter. Check the source of the warning
warning Programmable warnings: corresponding to the code:
133.35 Edge count 1 warn sel 2: 133.33 Edge count 1 src
AE42 Power ups warning
133.45 Edge count 2 warn sel 3: 133.43 Edge count 2 src.
AE43 Main contactor
warning
AE44 DC charge warning
AE45 On-time 1 Warning generated by on- Check the source of the warning
(Editable message time timer 1. (parameter 133.13 On-time 1 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.14 On-time 1 warn
sel
AE46 On-time 2 Warning generated by on- Check the source of the warning
(Editable message time timer 2. (parameter 133.23 On-time 2 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.24 On-time 2
warn sel
AE47 Edge counter 1 Warning generated by edge Check the source of the warning
(Editable message counter 1. (parameter 133.33 Edge count 1 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.35 Edge count 1
warn sel
AE48 Edge counter 2 Warning generated by edge Check the source of the warning
(Editable message counter 2. (parameter 133.43 Edge count 2 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.45 Edge count 2
warn sel
170 Fault tracing

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE49 Value counter 1 Warning generated by value Check the source of the warning
(Editable message counter 1. (parameter 133.53 Value count 1 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.55 Value count 1
warn sel
AE4A Value counter 2 Warning generated by value Check the source of the warning
(Editable message counter 2. (parameter 133.63 Value count 2 src).
text)
Programmable
warning:
133.65 Value count 2
warn sel
AE4B Device clean warning Warning generated by an on- Check the event log for an auxiliary code.
AE4C DC capacitor warning time timer. Check the source of the warning
Programmable warnings: corresponding to the code:
AE4D Cabinet fan warning
133.14 On-time 1 warn sel 0: 133.13 On-time 1 src
AE4E Cooling fan warning 133.24 On-time 2 warn sel 1: 133.23 On-time 2 src
AE4F Additional cooling 10: 105.04 Main fan on-time counter.
fan warning
AE51 External warning 1 Fault in external device 1. Check the external device.
Programmable Check setting of parameter 131.01
warning: External event 1 source.
131.01 External event
1 source
131.02 External event
1 type
AE52 External warning 2 Fault in external device 2. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.03
text) External event 2 source.
Programmable
warning:
131.03 External event
2 source
131.04 External event
2 type
AE53 External warning 3 Fault in external device 3. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.05
text) External event 3 source.
Programmable
warning:
131.05 External event
3 source
131.06 External event
3 type
AE54 External warning 4 Fault in external device 4. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.07
text) External event 4 source.
Programmable
warning:
131.07 External event
4 source
131.08 External event
4 type
Fault tracing 171

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE55 External warning 5 Fault in external device 5. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.09
text) External event 5 source.
Programmable
warning:
131.09 External event
5 source
131.10 External event
5 type
AE57 Autoreset A fault is about to be Informative warning. See the settings
autoreset. in parameter group 131 Fault
functions.
AE58 Emergency stop Diode supply unit has Check that it is safe to continue
(off2) received an emergency stop operation.
(mode selection off2) Return emergency stop push button to
command. normal position.
AE59 Emergency stop (off1 Diode supply unit has Restart the diode supply unit.
or off3) received an emergency stop
If the emergency stop was
(mode selection off1 or off3)
unintentional, check the source of the
command.
stop signal (for example, 121.05
Emergency stop source, or control
word received from an external control
system).
AE5A Enable start signal No enable start signal Check the setting of (and the source
missing received. selected by) parameter 120.19 Enable
(Editable message start signal.
text)
AE5B Run enable missing No run enable signal is Check setting of parameter 120.12 Run
received. enable 1. Switch signal on or check
wiring of selected source.
AE5C External power signal 195.04 Control board supply Check the external 24 V DC power
missing is set to External 24V but no supply to the control unit, or change
voltage is connected to the the setting of parameter 195.04
XPOW connector of the Control board supply.
control unit.
AE5F Temperature Supply module temperature Check module cooling air flow and fan
warning is excessive due to eg. operation.
module overload or fan Check ambient temperature. If it
failure. (Control program exceeds 40 °C (104 °F), ensure that
generates first a warning, load current does not exceed derated
then a fault.) load capacity. See appropriate
hardware manual.
Check inside of cabinet and heatsink
of supply module for dust pick-up.
Clean whenever necessary.
Check the wiring and status of thermal
switches inside the cabinet.
AE60 Control board Control unit temperature is Check the auxiliary code. See actions
temperature excessive. for each code below.
(none) Temperature above warning Check ambient conditions.
limit Check air flow and fan operation.
Check heatsink fins for dust pick-up.
1 Thermistor broken Contact an ABB service representative
for control unit replacement.
172 Fault tracing

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE61 Overvoltage Short-time overvoltage in Check grid voltage for possible
grid. transient cause.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
AE62 Undervoltage Grid voltage is not sufficient Check supply and fuses.
due to missing phase in Check that parameter 195.01 Supply
supply connection, blown voltage is set according to the supply
fuse or rectifier bridge voltage in use.
internal fault.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
AE67 AI supervision An analog signal is outside Check the event log for an auxiliary
Programmable the limits specified for the code (format XYY). “X” specifies the
warning: 112.03 AI analog input. location of the input (0: AI on control
supervision function unit; 1: I/O extension module 1, etc.),
“YY” specifies the input and limit
(01: AI1 under minimum, 02: AI1 over
maximum, 03: AI2 under minimum,
04: AI2 over maximum).
Check signal level at the analog input.
Check the wiring connected to the
input.
Check the minimum and maximum
limits of the input in parameter group
112 Standard AI, 114 Extension I/O
module 1, 115 Extension I/O module 2
or 116 Extension I/O module 3.
AE68 Emergency stop Emergency stop warning is Check that it is safe to continue
warning activated. operation.
AE69 Synchronization Synchronization to supply Check possible network asymmetry.
network has failed. Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
AE6A Current asymmetry Positive and negative current One thyristor is not fired. Check
in one phase are not equal. thyristors and thyristor interface
boards. Check the auxiliary code to
identify the winding
(15: 6-pulse diode supply unit or the
first winding of 12-pulse diode supply
unit, 16: the second winding of
12-pulse diode supply unit).
AE6B Input phase lost Missing phase in supply Check supply and fuses.
connection, blown fuse or
rectifier bridge internal fault.
Fault tracing 173

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE6C Semiconductor Diode temperature is Check ambient conditions.
temperature excessive due to eg. module Check air flow and fan operation.
overload or fan failure.
Check heat sink fins for dust pick-up.
(Control program generates
first a warning, then a fault.) Check motor power against diode
supply unit power.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
AE6D DDCS controller DDCS (fiber optic) Check status of controller. See the
comm loss communication between the user documentation of the controller.
Programmable supply unit and external Check settings of parameter group
warning: 160.59 controller is lost. 160 DDCS communication.
DDCS controller
Check cable connections. If necessary,
comm loss action
replace cables.
AE73 Fan Cooling fan stuck or Check the setting of parameter 195.20
disconnected. HW options word 1, bit 13.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
fan. Code 0 denotes main fan 1. Other
codes (format XYZ): “X” specifies state
code (1: ID run, 2: normal). “Y” specifies
the index of the converter unit
connected to control unit (0…n). “Z”
specifies the index of the fan (1: Main
fan 1, 2: Main fan 2, 3: Main fan 3, 4:
Auxiliary fan 1, 5: Auxiliary fan 2, 6:
Auxiliary fan 3, 7: Filter fan 1, 8: Filter
fan 2, 9: Filter fan 3).
Note that modules are coded starting
from 0. For example, the code 101
means that Main fan 1 of module 1
(connected to control unit channel
V1T/V1R) has faulted during its ID run.
Check fan operation and connection.
Replace fan if faulty.
AE74 Current diff 12 pulse The DC busbar currents of 12- Check the DC fuses of DxT modules.
pulse diode supply unit differ Check that there are no loose
too much (27% of nominal by connections in DC busbar.
default).
Check that the inductances of the
windings are equal.
Contact your local ABB representative
if the limit needs to be changed.
AE75 SD card Error related to SD card used Check the auxiliary code. See actions
to store data. for each code below.
1 No SD card Insert a compatible, writable
2 SD card write-protected microSDHC memory card into the UMU
memory unit.
3 SD card unreadable
174 Fault tracing

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
AE79 Power fail saving Power fail saving is Check the supply voltage.
requested too frequently.
Due to the limited saving
interval some of the requests
do not trigger the saving and
power fail data may be lost.
This may be caused by DC
voltage oscillation.
AE7F User pass code not User pass code has not been For improved cybersecurity, it is highly
changed changed. recommended that you set a user pass
code to prevent, for example, the
changing of parameter values and/or
the loading of firmware and other files.
Refer to section User lock on page 37
for instructions on changing the pass
code.
AE85 Charging count There are too many DC link Two attempts in five minutes is
charging attempts. allowed to prevent charging circuit
overheating.
AE87 Ext earth leakage External earth fault triggered Check external earth fault source.
by input selected with Usually only one device is allowed in
parameter 131.28 Ext earth the same network.
leakage signal source. Check AC fuses.
Check for earth leakages.
Check supply cabling.
Check power modules.
Check there are no power factor
correction capacitors or surge
absorbers in supply cable.
If no earth fault can be detected,
contact your local ABB representative.
AE88 Parameter map Too much data in parameter See Drive customizer PC tool user’s
configuration mapping table created in manual (3AUA0000104167 [English]).
Drive customizer.
AE89 Mapped parameter Parameter value saturated Check parameter scaling and format in
value cut eg. by the scaling specified in parameter mapping table. See Drive
parameter mapping table customizer PC tool user’s manual
(created in Drive customizer). (3AUA0000104167 [English]).
AE8A User lock is open The user lock is open, ie. user Close the user lock by entering an
lock configuration invalid pass code in parameter 196.02
parameters 196.100…196.102 Pass code. See section User lock (page
are visible. 37).
AE8B User pass code not A new user pass code has Confirm the new pass code by
confirmed been entered in parameter entering the same code in 196.101. To
196.100 but not confirmed in cancel, close the user lock without
196.101. confirming the new code. See section
User lock (page 37).
AE8C Control unit battery The battery of the control Replace control unit battery.
unit is low. This warning can be suppressed by
using parameter 131.40.
AEA0 Phase order Supply unit has detected that Make sure that all direct-on-line fans in
phase order differs from power units are rotating in correct
expected. direction.
This warning can be suppressed by
using parameter 131.40.
Fault tracing 175

Code Warning Cause What to do


(hex)
BE02 MCB maintenance Main circuit breaker has Maintain the main circuit breaker.
notice worked too many times and
it should be maintained
according to the
maintenance plan.
BE0B SW internal Software is gathering Informative event.
information information.
176 Fault tracing

Fault messages
Code Fault Cause What to do
(hex)
2E00 Overcurrent Too high inverter load or Check supply voltage.
short circuit. Check that there are no power factor
correction capacitors or surge
absorbers in supply cable.
Check motor load and acceleration
times.
Check power semiconductors
(thyristor/diodes) and current
transducers.
Check the auxiliary code (format XXXY
YYZZ). With parallel-connected
modules, “Y YY” specifies through
which control unit channel the fault
was received. “ZZ” indicates the phase
that triggered the fault (0: No detailed
information available, 1: U-phase, 2: V-
phase, 4: W-phase, 3/5/6/7: multiple
phases).
2E05 BU current difference Phase current difference Check converter fuses.
between parallel-connected Check converter(s).
modules.
Check inverter(s).
Power off all boards.
If the fault persists, contact your local
ABB representative.
Check the auxiliary code (format
XXXYYYZZ). “XXX” specifies the source
of the first error (see “YYY”). “YYY”
specifies the module through which
control unit channel the fault was
received (001: Channel 1, 002: Channel
2, 004: Channel 3, 008: Channel 4,
010: Channel 5, …, 800: Channel 12,
other than exponent of 2:
combinations of multiple channels
from the above. For example, 003
refers to channels 1 and 2.). "ZZ"
indicates the phase (01: U, 02: V,
03: W).
2E08 Ext earth leakage External earth fault triggered See AE87 Ext earth leakage (page 174).
by input selected with
parameter 131.28 Ext earth
leakage signal source.
2E09 DC short circuit There is a short-circuit in DC Check DC busbar.
busbar. Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
Fault tracing 177

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
2E0A Current asymmetry Positive and negative current One thyristor is not fired. Check
in one phase are not equal. thyristors and thyristor interface
boards. Check the auxiliary code to
identify the winding
(15: 6-pulse diode supply unit or the
first winding of 12-pulse diode supply
unit, 16: the second winding of
12-pulse diode supply unit).
2E0B Current diff 12 pulse The DC busbar currents of Check the DC fuses of DxT modules.
12- pulse diode supply unit Check that there are not loose
differ too much (40% of connections in DC busbar.
nominal by default).
Check that the inductances of the
windings are equal.
Contact your local ABB representative
if the limit needs to be changed.
3E04 DC link overvoltage Excessive intermediate Check that parameter 195.01 Supply
circuit DC voltage voltage is set according to the supply
voltage in use.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
3E05 DC link undervoltage Intermediate circuit DC volt- Check the supply and fuses.
age is not sufficient due to Check that parameter 195.01 Supply
missing mains phase, blown voltage is set according to the supply
fuse or rectifier bridge internal voltage in use.
fault.
3E06 BU DC link difference Difference in DC voltages Check the DC fuses.
between parallel-connected Check the connection to the DC bus.
diode supply modules.
If the problem persists, contact your
local ABB representative.
Check the auxiliary code (format
XXXYYYZZ). “XXX” specifies the source
of the first error (see “YYY”). “YYY”
specifies the module through which
control unit channel the fault was
received (1: Channel 1, 2: Channel 2,
4: Channel 3, 8: Channel 4, …,
800: Channel 12).
3E07 BU voltage difference Difference in main voltages Check cable connections.
between parallel-connected Check the supply and fuses.
supply modules.
178 Fault tracing

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
3E08 LSU charging DC link voltage is not high Check the supply and fuses.
enough after charging. Check the event log for an auxiliary
code. The auxiliary code identifies the
event (see below). Check external
charging tuning parameters
120.23…120.50.
Check the connection from the relay
output to the charging contactor.
Check that the DC voltage measuring
circuit is working correctly.
1 Voltage rise is not Check parameter 120.26 Maximum
acceptable. dU/dt.
2 DC voltage level is not Check supply connection.
acceptable. Check parameter 195.01 Supply
voltage and parameter 120.25 MCB
closing level.
4 Charging time is too high. Check supply connections, voltage of
power supply network and PSL2 link
cable.
5 After closing the charging Check the supply connection, and
contactor, the voltage did power unit must be externally
not rise above 10% from powered to measure voltage.
nominal voltage in 0.2
seconds (can be set in
service level).
8 Parameter 120.28 MCB relay Check parameter 120.28 MCB relay
timing is set too high. The DC timing.
voltage drops too low.
3E09 Charging count There are too many DC link Two attempts in five minutes is
charging attempts. allowed to prevent charging circuit
overheating.
3E0A LSU charging busbar The DC voltage rise in 10 ms Check the connections of the DC
fault is not acceptable during capacitors in the power modules and
charging. The level is below the parameters 120.25 MCB closing
the value set in parameter level and parameter 120.26 Maximum
120.26 Maximum dU/dt, but dU/dt.
DC voltage has not reached
the level set in parameter
120.25 MCB closing level.
3E0F Synchronization Synchronization to supply Check possible network asymmetry.
network has failed. Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
If the fault persists, contact your local
ABB representative.
4E03 Excess temperature Supply module heat sink See AE14 Excess temperature (page
temperature is excessive due 166).
to eg. module overload, fan
failure or heatsink sensor.
(Control program generates
first a warning, then a fault.)
Fault tracing 179

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
4E04 Excess temperature High temperature difference See AE15 Excess temperature
difference between the semiconductors difference (page 166).
of different phases. The
amount of available
temperatures depends on
the frame size.
4E06 Cabinet temperature A measurement device Check parameter 131.34 Cabinet
fault connected to supply unit temperature supervision.
digital input or DI1 has Check cabinet temperature source.
tripped to a fault. Input is
Replace the cabinet fan.
selected with parameter
131.33 Cabinet temperature Check the input fuses and the input
fault source. connection.
Excessive temperature of the Replace the module fan.
busbars/fuses due to
cabinet fan failure.
Excessive temperature of the
chokes inside the diode
supply module due to a
phase loss.
Excessive temperature of the
heat sink of the diode supply
module due to module fan
failure.
(Control program generates
first a warning, then a fault.)
4E07 Control board High control board Check proper cooling of the cabinet.
temperature temperature.
4E08 Semiconductor Semiconductor temperature Check ambient conditions.
temperature is excessive. Check air flow and fan operation.
Check heat sink fins for dust pick-up.
Check motor power against diode
supply unit power.
Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
5E00 Fan Cooling fan stuck or See AE73 Fan (page 173).
disconnected.
180 Fault tracing

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
5E03 XSTO circuit open Circuit connected to Check XSTO circuit connections.
XSTO:IN1 and/or XSTO:IN2 is The auxiliary code contains location
open. information. When converted into a
32-bit binary number, the bits of the
code indicate the following:
31…28: Number of faulty module
(0…11 decimal), 1111: STO_ACT states
of the control unit and the modules in
conflict, 27: STO_ACT state of
modules, 26: STO_ACT state of the
control unit, 25: STO1 of the control
unit, 24: STO2 of the control unit,
23…12: STO1 of modules 12…1 (bits of
non-existing modules set to 1), 11…0:
STO2 of modules 12…1 (bits of non-
existing modules set to 1).
For more information, see appropriate
hardware manual.
5E04 PU logic error Power unit memory has Cycle the power to the supply unit. If
cleared. the control unit is externally powered,
also reboot the control unit (using
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
or by cycling its power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
5E05 Rating ID mismatch The hardware of the supply Cycle the power to the supply unit.
unit does not match the Check the auxiliary code. The auxiliary
information stored in the code categories are as follows:
memory unit. This may occur 1 = PU and CU ratings not the same.
eg. after a firmware update Rating ID has changed.
or memory unit replacement. 2 = Parallel connection rating ID has
changed.
3 = PU types not the same in all power
units.
4 = Parallel connection rating ID is
active in a single power unit setup.
5 = It is not possible to implement the
selected rating with the current PUs.
6 = PU rating ID is 0.
7 = Reading PU rating ID or PU type
failed on PU connection.
8 = PU not supported (illegal rating ID).
With parallel connection faults, the
format of the auxiliary code is 0X0Y.
“Y” indicates the auxiliary code
category, “X” indicates the first faulty
PU channel in hexadecimal (1…C).
5E06 Main contactor fault Control program does not Check main contactor / main breaker
receive main contactor on (1) control circuit wiring.
acknowledgement through dig- Check the status of other switches
ital input even control program connected to contactor control circuit.
has closed the contactor con- See the delivery-specific circuit
trol circuit with relay output. diagrams.
Main contactor / main breaker
Check main contactor operating
is not functioning properly, or
voltage level (should be 230 V).
there is a loose / bad connec-
tion. Check digital input DI3 connections.
Fault tracing 181

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
5E07 PU communication The way the control unit is Check setting of 195.04 Control board
powered does not supply.
correspond to parameter
setting.
Communication errors Check the connection between the
detected between the control unit and the power unit.
control unit and the power Check the auxiliary code (format XXXY
unit. YYZZ). With parallel-connected
modules, “Y YY” specifies the affected
control unit channel (0: broadcast).
“ZZ” specifies the error source (1:
Transmitter side [link error], 2:
Transmitter side [no communication],
3: Receiver side [link error], 4: Receiver
side [no communication], 5:
Transmitter FIFO error [see “XXX”], 6:
Module [xINT board] not found, 7:
BAMU board not found). “XXX”
specifies the transmitter FIFO error
code (1: Internal error [invalid call
parameter], 2: Internal error
[configuration not supported],
3: Transmission buffer full).
5E08 Power unit lost Connection between the Check the connection between the
control unit and the power control unit and the power unit.
unit is lost.
5E09 PU communication Internal communication Contact your local ABB representative.
internal error.
5E0A Measurement circuit Measurement circuit fault. Contact your local ABB representative,
ADC quoting the auxiliary code.
5E0B PU board powerfail Power unit power supply Check the auxiliary code (format ZZZY
failure. YYXX). “YY Y” specifies the affected
module (0…C). “XX” specifies the
affected power supply (1: Power
supply 1, 2: Power supply 2, 3: both
supplies).
5E0C Measurement circuit Measurement circuit fault. Contact your local ABB representative,
DFF quoting the auxiliary code.
5E0D PU communication Version check cannot find a If the number of connected power
configuration matching power unit FPGA modules is correct (parameter 195.31
logic, or number of Parallel connection rating id), update
connected power modules the FPGA logic of the power unit.
differs from specified. Cycle the power to the supply unit. If
the control unit is externally powered,
also reboot the control unit (using
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
or by cycling its power.
If the problem persists, contact your
local ABB representative.
182 Fault tracing

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
5E0E Reduced run Number of supply modules Check that the value of 195.13 Reduced
detected does not match the run mode corresponds to the number
value of parameter 195.13 of supply modules present. Check that
Reduced run mode, or the the modules present are powered
value of parameter 195.13 from the DC bus and connected by
Reduced run mode indicates fiber optic cables to the control unit.
a configuration that is not If all modules of the supply unit are in
possible or available. See fact available (eg. maintenance work
section Reduced run function has been completed), check that
(page 35). parameter 195.13 is set to 0 (reduced
run function disabled).
5E0F PU state feedback State feedback from output Contact your local ABB representative,
phases does not match quoting the auxiliary code.
control signals.
5E10 Charging feedback Charging feedback signal Check the feedback signal coming
missing. from the charging system.
5E11 Unknown PU fault Unidentified power unit logic Check the logic and firmware
fault. compatibility.
Contact your local ABB representative.
5E13 Auxiliary circuit Circuit breaker fault By default the feedback is connected
breaker fault triggered by input selected to DI4.
with parameter 131.32 Aux
circuit breaker fault source.
5E14 Measurement circuit Problem with internal See AE19 Measurement circuit
temperature temperature measurement. temperature (page 167).
5E17 Running fault of 12 The DxT modules connected Check that the other breaker is closed
pulse to other winding of 12-pulse properly.
transformer are not started Check the fuses.
or running.
5E1A Fuse trip Fuse trip signal received. Check the source of the fault
(parameter 131.38 Fuse trip fault
source).
5E1B Brake chopper Brake chopper fault signal Check the source of the fault
received. (parameter 131.39 Brake chopper fault
source).
5EA1 SoC overtemperature System on a chip (SoC) Check proper cooling of the
temperature is too high. drive/control unit.
6E00 FPGA version Firmware and FPGA file Reboot the control unit (using
incompatible version in the power unit are parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
incompatible. or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
Update of power unit logic Retry.
failed.
6E01 FBA A mapping file Fieldbus adapter A mapping Contact your local ABB representative.
file read error.
6E02 FBA B mapping file Fieldbus adapter B mapping Contact your local ABB representative.
file read error.
6E03 Task overload Internal fault. Reboot the control unit (using
Note: This fault cannot be parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
reset. or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
Fault tracing 183

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
6E04 Stack overflow Internal fault. Reboot the control unit (using
Note: This fault cannot be parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
reset. or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
6E05 Internal file load File read error. Reboot the control unit (using
Note: This fault cannot be parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
reset. or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
6E06 Internal record load Internal record load error. Contact your local ABB representative.
6E07 Application loading Application file incompatible Contact your local ABB representative.
or corrupted.
Note: This fault cannot be
reset.
6E08 Memory unit The memory unit was Switch off the power to the control
detached detached when the control unit and reinstall the memory unit.
unit was powered. In case the memory unit was not
actually removed when the fault
occurred, check that the memory unit
is properly inserted into its connector.
Reboot the control unit (using
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
6E09 Internal SSW fault Internal fault. Reboot the control unit (using
parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
6E0A User set fault Loading of the user Ensure that a valid user parameter set
parameter set failed because exists. Reload.
• requested set does not
exist
• set is not compatible with
the control program
• supply unit was switched
off during loading.
6E0B Kernel overload Operating system error. Reboot the control unit (using
Note: This fault cannot be parameter 196.08 Control board boot)
reset. or by cycling power. If the problem
persists, contact your local ABB
representative.
6E0C Parameter system Parameter load or save Try forcing a save using parameter
failed. 196.07 Parameter save manually. Retry.
6E0D FBA A parameter The diode supply unit does Check PLC programming.
conflict not have a functionality Check settings of parameter groups
requested by PLC, or 150 FBA and 151 FBA A settings.
requested functionality has
not been activated.
6E0E FBA B parameter The diode supply unit does Check PLC programming.
conflict not have a functionality Check settings of parameter groups
requested by PLC, or 150 FBA and 154 FBA B settings.
requested functionality has
not been activated.
184 Fault tracing

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
6E15 Text data overflow Internal fault. Reset the fault. Contact your local ABB
representative if the fault persists.
6E16 Text 32-bit table Internal fault. Reset the fault. Contact your local ABB
overflow representative if the fault persists.
6E17 Text 64-bit table Internal fault. Reset the fault. Contact your local ABB
overflow representative if the fault persists.
6E18 Text file overflow Internal fault. Reset the fault. Contact your local ABB
representative if the fault persists.
6E1A Rating ID fault Rating ID load error. Contact your local ABB representative.
6E1B Backup/Restore A control panel or PC tool Check the control panel or PC tool
Timeout fails to communicate with communication, and if it is still in
the drive during backup or backup/restore state.
restoring operation.
6E1C Emergency stop fault Diode supply unit has Check that it is safe to continue
received an emergency stop operation.
command. Return the emergency stop
pushbutton to normal position.
Restart the supply unit.
6E1D Internal SW error Internal error. Contact your local ABB representative.
Quote the auxiliary code (check the
event details in the event log).
6E1F Licensing fault Running the control program Record the auxiliary codes of all active
is prevented either because a licensing faults and contact your
restrictive license exists, or product vendor for further
because a required license is instructions.
missing.
6E20 Fault reset Fault reset has been Informative fault.
requested and done.
6E27 Adaptive program Error running the adaptive Check the auxiliary code (format
program. XXXX YYYY). “XXXX” specifies the
number of the function block (0000 =
generic error). “YYYY” indicates the
problem (see actions for each code
below).
000A Program corrupted or block Restore the template program or
non-existent download the program to the supply
unit.
000C Required block input missing Check the inputs of the block.
000E Program corrupted or block Restore the template program or
non-existent download the program to the supply
unit.
0011 Program too large. Remove blocks until the error stops.
0012 Program is empty. Correct the program and download it
to the supply unit.
001C A non-existing parameter or Edit the program to correct the
block is used in the program. parameter reference, or to use an
existing block.
001D Parameter type invalid for Edit the program to correct the
selected pin. parameter reference.
001E Output to parameter failed Check the parameter reference in the
because the parameter was program.
write-protected. Check for other sources affecting the
target parameter.
Fault tracing 185

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
0023 Program file incompatible Adapt the program to current block
0024 with current firmware library and firmware version.
version.
002A Too many blocks. Edit the program to reduce the
number of blocks.
Other – Contact your local ABB representative,
quoting the auxiliary code.
7E00 Option module Communication between the Check that the option modules are
comm loss diode supply unit and an properly seated in their slots.
option module is lost. Check that the option modules or slot
connectors are not damaged. To
pinpoint the problem, try installing the
modules into different slots.
7E01 Panel loss Control panel (or PC tool) has Check PC tool or control panel
Programmable fault: stopped communicating. connection.
149.05 Check control panel connector.
Communication loss Disconnect and reconnect the control
action panel.
Check the auxiliary code. The code
specifies the I/O port used as follows:
0: Panel, 1: Fieldbus interface A, 2:
Fieldbus interface B, 3: Ethernet, 4:
D2D/EFB port).
7E0B FBA A Cyclical communication Check status of fieldbus
communication between diode supply unit communication. See user
Programmable fault: and fieldbus adapter module documentation of fieldbus interface.
150.02 FBA A comm A or between PLC and Check settings of parameter groups
loss func fieldbus adapter module A is 150 FBA, 151 FBA A settings, 152 FBA A
lost. data in and 153 FBA A data out.
Check cable connections.
Check if communication master is able
to communicate.
7E0C FBA B Cyclical communication Check status of fieldbus
communication between diode supply unit communication. See user
Programmable fault: and fieldbus adapter module documentation of fieldbus interface.
150.32 FBA B comm B or between PLC and Check settings of parameter groups
loss func fieldbus adapter module B is 150 FBA, 154 FBA B settings, 155 FBA B
lost. data in and 156 FBA B data out.
Check cable connections.
Check if communication master is able
to communicate.
7E10 Ext I/O comm loss The I/O extension module Check the event log for an auxiliary
types specified by code (format XXYY YYYY). “XX”
parameters do not match the specifies the number of the I/O
detected configuration. extension module (01: parameter
group 114 Extension I/O module 1, 02:
115 Extension I/O module 2, 03: 116
Extension I/O module 3).
“YY YYYY” indicates the problem (see
actions for each code below).
00 0001 Communication with module Check that the module is properly
failed. seated in its slot.
Check that the module and the slot
connector is not damaged.
Try installing the module into another
slot.
186 Fault tracing

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
00 0002 Module not found. Check the type and location settings
00 0003 Configuration of module of the modules (parameters
failed. 114.01/114.02, 115.01/115.02 or
116.01/116.02).
00 0004 Configuration of module
failed. Check that the module is properly
seated in its slot.
Check that the module and the slot
connector is not damaged.
Try installing the module into another
slot.
7E11 DDCS controller DDCS (fiber optic) Check status of controller. See the
comm loss communication between the user documentation of the controller.
Programmable fault: supply unit and external Check settings of parameter group
160.59 DDCS controller is lost. 160 DDCS communication.
controller comm loss
Check cable connections. If necessary,
action
replace cables.
7E13 Incompatible option Option module not Check the auxiliary code. The code
module supported. (For example, specifies the interface to which the
type Fxxx-xx-M fieldbus unsupported module is connected:
adapter modules are not 1: Fieldbus interface A, 2: Fieldbus
supported.) interface B.
Replace the module with a supported
type.
8E00 Overvoltage Grid voltage is above 120% of Check that parameter 195.01 Supply
the parameter 195.01 Supply voltage is set according to the supply
voltage for more than voltage in use.
0.5 seconds. Check the auxiliary code to identify the
diode supply unit (15: single diode
supply unit or the first parallel-
connected diode supply unit, 16: the
second parallel-connected diode
supply unit).
8E06 AI supervision An analog signal is outside Check the event log for an auxiliary
Programmable fault: the limits specified for the code (format XXXX XYZZ). “Y”
112.03 AI supervision analog input. specifies the location of the input (0:
function Control unit, 1: I/O extension module
1, 2: I/O extension module 2, 3: I/O
extension module 3). “ZZ” specifies
the limit (01: AI1 under minimum, 02:
AI1 above maximum, 03: AI2 under
minimum, 04: AI2 above maximum).
Check signal level at the analog input.
Check the wiring connected to the
input.
Check the minimum and maximum
limits of the input in parameter group
112 Standard AI.
9E01 External fault 1 Fault in external device 1. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.01
text) External event 1 source.
Programmable fault:
131.01 External event
1 source
131.02 External event
1 type
Fault tracing 187

Code Fault Cause What to do


(hex)
9E02 External fault 2 Fault in external device 2. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.03
text) External event 2 source.
Programmable fault:
131.03 External event
2 source
131.04 External event
2 type
9E03 External fault 3 Fault in external device 3. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.05
text) External event 3 source.
Programmable fault:
131.05 External event
3 source
131.06 External event
3 type
9E04 External fault 4 Fault in external device 4. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.07
text) External event 4 source.
Programmable fault:
131.07 External event
4 source
131.08 External event
4 type
9E05 External fault 5 Fault in external device 5. Check the external device.
(Editable message Check setting of parameter 131.09
text) External event 5 source.
Programmable fault:
131.09 External event
5 source
131.10 External event
5 type
FE00 FB A force trip A fault trip command has Check the fault information provided
been received through by the PLC.
fieldbus adapter A.
FE01 FB B force trip A fault trip command has Check the fault information provided
been received through by the PLC.
fieldbus adapter B.
FE03 Safe torque off 1 loss Some STO connectors are Check the auxiliary code. The code
not connected. contains location information,
Note: In diode supply units especially with parallel-connected
the STO connectors do not modules. When converted into a 32-bit
constitute a true safety binary number, the bits of the code
function. indicate the following:
31…28: Number of faulty module
FE04 Safe torque off 2 loss Some STO connectors are
(0…11 decimal). 1111: STO_ACT states
not connected.
of control unit and modules in conflict
Note: In diode supply units 27: STO_ACT state of modules
the STO connectors do not
26: STO_ACT state of control unit
constitute a true safety
25: STO1 of control unit
function.
24: STO2 of control unit
23…12: STO1 of modules 12…1 (Bits of
non-existing modules set to 1)
11…0: STO2 of modules 12…1 (Bits of
non-existing modules set to 1)
188 Fault tracing
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter 189

8
Fieldbus control through a
fieldbus adapter

Contents of this chapter


This chapter describes how the supply unit can be controlled by external devices
over a communication network (fieldbus) through an optional fieldbus adapter
module.
190 Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter

System overview
The user can control the diode supply unit through a fieldbus interface if the unit is
equipped with an optional fieldbus adapter (for example, option +K454). Then the
supply unit can be connected to an external control system through a serial
communication link. The fieldbus adapter can be installed into any free slot on the
control unit.

Fieldbus
controller

Fieldbus

ACS880 Other
devices

Type Fxxx fieldbus


adapter installed on
the control unit

Data Flow
Control word (CW)

Process I/O (cyclic)


Status word (SW)
Actual values

Parameter R/W requests/responses Process I/O (cyclic) or


Service messages (acyclic)

The diode supply unit can be set to receive its control information through the
fieldbus interface, or the control can be distributed between the fieldbus interface
and other available sources such as digital and analog inputs.
Fieldbus adapters are available for various serial communication systems and
protocols, for example
• CANopen (FCAN-01 adapter)
• ControlNet (FCNA-01 adapter)
• DeviceNet (FDNA-01 adapter)
• EtherCAT (FECA-01 adapter)
• EtherNet/IP (FENA-11 or FENA-21 adapter)
• Modbus/RTU (FSCA-01 adapter)
• Modbus TCP (FENA-11 or FENA-21 adapter)
• POWERLINK (FEPL-02 adapter)
• PROFIBUS DP (FPBA-01 adapter)
• PROFINET IO (FENA-11 or FENA-21 adapter).
Note: The text and examples in this chapter describe the configuration of one
fieldbus adapter (FBA A) by parameters 150.01…150.21 and parameter groups
151…153. The second adapter (FBA B), if present, is configured in a similar fashion by
parameters 150.31…150.51 and parameter groups 154…156.
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter 191

Note: If FENA-xx Ethernet adapter is used for Ethernet tool network and Drive
composer PC tool, use the FENA-xx adapter as fieldbus adapter B. Configure the
FENA-xx adapter through parameters 150.31…150.51 and parameter groups
154…156. Normally, use the fieldbus adapter module as fieldbus adapter A. See
Ethernet tool network for ACS880 drives application guide (3AUA0000125635
[English]), and FENA-01/-11 Ethernet adapter module user’s manual
(3AUA0000093568 [English]).

Basics of the fieldbus control interface


The cyclic communication between a fieldbus system and the diode supply unit
consists of 16/32-bit input and output data words. The diode supply unit supports
at the maximum the use of 12 data words (16 bits) in each direction.
Data transmitted from the diode supply unit to the fieldbus controller is defined by
parameters 152.01 FBA A data in1 … 152.12 FBA A data in12. The data transmitted
from the fieldbus controller to the diode supply unit is defined by parameters 153.01
FBA data out1 … 153.12 FBA data out12.

 Control word and Status word


The Control word is the principal means for controlling the diode supply unit from a
fieldbus system. It is sent by the fieldbus master station to the diode supply unit
through the adapter module. The diode supply unit switches between its states
according to the bit-coded instructions on the Control word, and returns status
information to the master in the Status word.
The contents of the Control word and the Status word are detailed on pages 192 and
193 respectively.
If parameter 150.12 FBA A debug mode is set to Fast, the Control word received from
the fieldbus is shown by parameter 150.13 FBA A control word, and the Status word
transmitted to the fieldbus network by 150.16 FBA A status word.

 Actual values
Actual values are 16-bit words containing information on the operation of the diode
supply unit.
If parameter 150.12 FBA A debug mode is set to Fast, the actual values sent to the
fieldbus are displayed by 150.17 FBA A actual value 1 and 150.18 FBA A actual value 2.
192 Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter

 Contents of the fieldbus Control word


Bit Name Value Description
0 On/Off 1 DxT modules: If either ON/OFF (bit 0) or Start (bit 3) is 1:
1. Close the main contactor/breaker and charge the DC busbar.
2. Ready to operate.
0 If both ON/OFF (bit 0) or Start (bit 3) is 0:
Switch off the charging contactor and the main contactor/breaker.
1 Off 2 1 Continue operation (OFF2 inactive)
0 Emergency stop, open main contactor
2 Off 3 1 Continue operation (OFF3 inactive)
0 Emergency stop, open main contactor
3 Start 1 DxT modules: If either ON/OFF (bit 0) or Start (bit 3) is 1:
1. Close the main contactor/breaker and charge the DC busbar.
2. Ready to operate.
0 If both Run (bit 0) or Start (bit 3) is 0:
Switch off the charging contactor and the main contactor/breaker.
4 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
5 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
6 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
7 Reset 0=>1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
0 - (no reset)
8 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
9 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
10 Remote 1 Drive in remote mode, fieldbus control enabled.
command 0 Drive in local mode, Control word bits 0…7 received and executed
by drive. Control word bits 8…15 and reference 1 and 2 received by
drive but not executed.
11 Ext ctrl loc 1 Select External Control Location EXT2. Effective if control location
is parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
0 Select External Control Location EXT1. Effective if control location
is parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
12 User bit 0 1 User bit 0 from external control location.
0 User bit 0 from external control location.
13 User bit 1 1 User bit 1 from external control location.
0 User bit 1 from external control location.
14 User bit 2 1 User bit 2 from external control location.
0 User bit 2 from external control location.
15 User bit 3 1 User bit 3 from external control location.
0 User bit 3 from external control location.
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter 193

 Contents of the fieldbus Status word


Bit Name Value Description
0 Ready to 1 Ready to switch ON
switch ON Note: If the supply unit is switched off, the Start enable must be
on for Ready to switch ON = 1. If the supply unit is switched on,
Ready to switch ON = 1 regardless of the Start enable.
0 Not ready to switch ON
1 Ready run 1 Ready to operate. Start command is on and main contactor is
closed.
0 Start command is not given or main contactor is open.
2 Ready ref 1 Operation enabled
0 Operation inhibited
3 Tripped 1 Fault
0 No fault active
4 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
5 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
6 - 1 Not in use.
0 Not in use.
7 Warning 1 A warning is active
0 No warnings active
8 Operating 1 Thyristors of the DxT module are modulating, during charging or
when the supply unit is running. During charging, thyristors are
already conducting, but DC voltage has not yet risen to ‘Ready
ref’ level.
0 Thyristors of the DxT module are not modulating.
9 Remote 1 Drive in remote mode, fieldbus control enabled.
command 0 Drive in local mode, Control word bits 0…7 received and executed
by drive. Control word bits 8…15 and reference 1 and 2 received
by drive but not executed.
10 Ready for load 1 Ready for load.
0 Not ready for load.
11 User bit 0 1 See parameter 106.30 MSW bit 11 sel.
0 See parameter 106.30 MSW bit 11 sel.
12 User bit 1 1 See parameter 106.31 MSW bit 12 sel.
0 See parameter 106.31 MSW bit 12 sel.
13 User bit 2 1 See parameter 106.32 MSW bit 13 sel.
0 See parameter 106.32 MSW bit 13 sel.
14 Charging 1 Charging state is active.
0 Charging state is not active.
15 User bit 3 1 See parameter 106.33 MSW bit 15 sel.
0 See parameter 106.33 MSW bit 15 sel.
194 Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter

 The state diagram

POWER ON

SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED

FAULT RESET
run enable = 1

from any state

READY TO FAULT
SWITCH ON

FAULT
CW = x111 run enable = 0
or 111x
CW = 0xx0

OPERATION Notation:
ENABLED xxx: Any bit value combination.
SW: 106.11 Main status word
CW: 106.01 Main control word

SWITCH-ON INHIBITED SW = xxxx xxxx xxxx 0000


Interlockings prevent starting and charging.
READY TO SWITCH ON SW = xxxx xxxx xxxx 0001
Main contactor open. No active interlockings that would prevent starting or
charging.
OPERATION ENABLED SW = xxxx xxxx xxxx 0111
Charged and running.
FAULT SW = xxxx xxxx xxxx 1000
Modulation stopped and main contactor open.
Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter 195

Setting up the diode supply unit for fieldbus control


Before configuring the diode supply unit for fieldbus control, the adapter module
must be mechanically and electrically installed according to the instructions given in
the user’s manual of the appropriate fieldbus adapter module.
Note: To be able to switch the main contactor and the supply unit on and off through
the fieldbus, the Run enable command at the digital input DI2 (by default) must be
on (1). That is the case when the operating switch [S11] is switched to the on (1)
position.
1. Power up the diode supply unit.
2. Enable the communication between the diode supply unit and the fieldbus
adapter module by setting parameter 150.01 FBA A enable to Option slot 1.
3. With 150.02 FBA A comm loss func, select how the diode supply unit should react
to a fieldbus communication break.
Note: This function monitors both the communication between the fieldbus
master and the adapter module and the communication between the adapter
module and the diode supply unit.
4. With 150.03 FBA A comm loss t out, define the time between communication
break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for the rest of the parameters in group 150
FBA.
6. Set the fieldbus adapter module configuration parameters in group 151 FBA A
settings. At the minimum, set the required node address and the communication
profile. Set profile to transparent 16 mode.
Note: The parameter indexes and names vary as the way the different fieldbus
adapters use these parameters.
Example: For the FPBA adapter, set parameter 151.05 Profile to mode Trans16.
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the diode supply unit in
parameter groups 152 FBA A data in and 153 FBA A data out.
Note: The adapter module sets the Status word and Control word automatically
into parameters 152.01 and 153.01 respectively.
8. Save the valid parameter values to permanent memory by setting parameter
196.07 Parameter save manually to Save.
9. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 151, 152 and 153 by setting
parameter 151.27 FBA A par refresh to Refresh.
10. Select the fieldbus adapter A as the source of the start and stop commands for
external control location EXT1 by setting parameter 120.01 Ext1 commands to
Fieldbus A.
11. Set the relevant control parameters to control the diode supply unit according to
the application.
196 Fieldbus control through a fieldbus adapter

Setting up the communication between DSU and inverter


unit
Connect the fiber optic cables between the DDCS communication port of the
inverter unit (parameter 60.71 INU-LSU communication port) and the DDCS
controller port of the DSU (parameter 160.51 DDCS controller comm port).
In ACS880-07 drives, setting the DSU parameter 195.20 HW options word 1 bit 11 to
Yes automatically sets the following DSU parameters to their right values:
DSU parameter Setting

120.01 Ext1 commands DDCS controller

120.02 Ext1 start trigger Level

120.12 Run enable 1 DI2

160.58 DDCS controller comm loss time Set time, eg. 100 ms.

160.51 DDCS controller comm port Set port to be used. Eg. RDCO CH0 is used with
the UCU control unit.

161.51 Data set 11 data 1 selection SW 16bit

162.51 Data set 10 data 1 selection CW 16bit

In ACS880-07 drives, setting the INU parameter 95.20 HW options word 1 bit 11 to
Yes automatically sets the following INU parameters to their right values:
Inverter unit parameter Setting

60.71 INU-LSU communication port RDCO CH1

94.01 LSU control On

61.151 INU-LSU data set 10 data 1 sel LSU CW

62.151 INU-LSU data set 11 data 1 sel SW 16bit

In the diode supply unit, data transmitted from the diode supply unit is defined with
parameters 161.51 Data set 11 data 1 selection…161.74 Data set 25 data 3 selection.
Data is received using parameters 162.51 Data set 10 data 1 selection…162.74 Data
set 24 data 3 selection.
In the inverter unit, data transmitted to the diode supply unit is defined with
parameters 61.151…61.186. Data is received using parameters 62.151…62.174.
With the settings above, the inverter unit controls the diode supply unit. In other
words, the diode supply unit receives the Control word from the inverter unit and
transmits the Status word to the inverter unit.
Note: The control program still requires the Run enable command from digital input
DI2 (by default) which is normally wired to the DSU door switch.
Drive-to-drive link 197

9
Drive-to-drive link

This feature is not supported by the current firmware version.


198 Drive-to-drive link

Further information
Product and service inquiries
Address any inquiries about the product to your local ABB representative, quoting the type
designation and serial number of the unit in question. A listing of ABB sales, support and
service contacts can be found by navigating to new.abb.com/contact-centers.

Product training
For information on ABB product training, navigate to new.abb.com/service/training.

Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals


Your comments on our manuals are welcome. Navigate to
new.abb.com/drives/manuals-feedback-form.

Document library on the Internet


You can find manuals and other product documents in PDF format on the Internet at
abb.com/drives/documents.
abb.com/drives

3AXD50001096489 Rev A (EN) 2023-12-31

© Copyright 2023 ABB. All rights reserved.


Specifications subject to change without notice.

You might also like